US20210115096A1 - Compositions and methods for treatment of celiac disease - Google Patents

Compositions and methods for treatment of celiac disease Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20210115096A1
US20210115096A1 US16/884,533 US202016884533A US2021115096A1 US 20210115096 A1 US20210115096 A1 US 20210115096A1 US 202016884533 A US202016884533 A US 202016884533A US 2021115096 A1 US2021115096 A1 US 2021115096A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
seq
peptide
peptides
cells
gluten
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US16/884,533
Inventor
Robert P. Anderson
Jessica A. Stewart
James A. Dromey
Jason A. Tye-Din
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Immusant Inc
Original Assignee
Immusant Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Immusant Inc filed Critical Immusant Inc
Priority to US16/884,533 priority Critical patent/US20210115096A1/en
Publication of US20210115096A1 publication Critical patent/US20210115096A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/415—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from plants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/04—Peptides having up to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/10—Peptides having 12 to 20 amino acids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/46—Cellular immunotherapy
    • A61K39/461—Cellular immunotherapy characterised by the cell type used
    • A61K39/4611—T-cells, e.g. tumor infiltrating lymphocytes [TIL], lymphokine-activated killer cells [LAK] or regulatory T cells [Treg]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/46—Cellular immunotherapy
    • A61K39/462—Cellular immunotherapy characterized by the effect or the function of the cells
    • A61K39/4621—Cellular immunotherapy characterized by the effect or the function of the cells immunosuppressive or immunotolerising
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/46—Cellular immunotherapy
    • A61K39/463—Cellular immunotherapy characterised by recombinant expression
    • A61K39/4632—T-cell receptors [TCR]; antibody T-cell receptor constructs
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/46—Cellular immunotherapy
    • A61K39/464—Cellular immunotherapy characterised by the antigen targeted or presented
    • A61K39/4643—Vertebrate antigens
    • A61K39/46433—Antigens related to auto-immune diseases; Preparations to induce self-tolerance
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/12—Antidiarrhoeals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/04—Immunostimulants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N5/00—Undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells, e.g. cell lines; Tissues; Cultivation or maintenance thereof; Culture media therefor
    • C12N5/06—Animal cells or tissues; Human cells or tissues
    • C12N5/0602—Vertebrate cells
    • C12N5/0634—Cells from the blood or the immune system
    • C12N5/0636—T lymphocytes
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/68—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids
    • G01N33/6893—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids related to diseases not provided for elsewhere
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2800/00—Detection or diagnosis of diseases
    • G01N2800/24—Immunology or allergic disorders

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to compositions and methods for treatment of a subject who is sensitive to gluten, in particular a subject who has celiac disease, and diagnosis thereof and assays and kits for use therein.
  • Celiac disease also known as coeliac disease or celiac sprue (coeliac sprue) affects approximately 1% of people in Europe and North America. In many of those affected, celiac disease is unrecognised, but this clinical oversight is now being rectified with greater clinical awareness.
  • a gluten free diet is the only current treatment for celiac disease, and because regular ingestion of as little as 50 mg of gluten (equivalent to 1/100 th of a standard slice of bread) damages the small intestine, chronic inflammation of the small bowel is commonplace in subjects on a gluten free diet. Persistent inflammation of the small intestine has been shown to increase the risk of cancer, osteoporosis and death. As gluten is so widely used, for example, in commercial soups, sauces, ice-creams, etc., maintaining a gluten free diet is difficult.
  • Celiac disease occurs in genetically susceptible individuals who possess either HLA-DQ2 encoded by HLA-DQA1*05 and HLA-DQB1*02 (accounting for about 90% of individuals), variants of HLA-DQ2, or HLA-DQ8.
  • Such individuals mount an inappropriate HLA-DQ2- and/or DQ8-restricted CD4 + T cell-mediated immune response to peptides derived from the aqueous-insoluble proteins of wheat flour, gluten, and related proteins in rye and barley.
  • NCBI public database Genbank included 345 entries for gluten proteins from bread-making wheat ( Triticum aestivum ), barley ( Hordein vulgare ) and rye ( Secale cerale ).
  • Predictive approaches have catalogued several hundred distinct putatively “toxic” gluten peptides based upon searches for homologues of known epitopes of intestinal T cell clones, or for gluten sequences predicted or proven to bind to HLA-DQ2 in vitro, having the motif favouring deamidation by tissue transglutaminase (tTG), and/or sequences resistant to proteolysis.
  • tTG tissue transglutaminase
  • LQLQPFPQP Q LPYPQP Q LPYPQP Q LPYPQPQPF (SEQ ID NO:1; ⁇ 2-gliadin 56-88) deamidated by tTG: LQLQPFPQP E LPYPQP E LPYPQP E LPYPQPQPF (SEQ ID NO:2) is widely regarded as the optimal stimulatory peptide (for intestinal T cell lines raised against protease-digested gluten) in HLA-DQ2 associated celiac disease.
  • Q residues in SEQ ID NO:1 indicates a glutamine residue amenable to deamidation catalysed by tTG or consistent with the amino-acid motif that predicts susceptibility to deamidation by tTG, i.e., Q-->E.
  • This ⁇ -gliadin 33mer (SEQ ID NO:1; a2-gliadin 56-88) was recovered from a digestate of the recombinant ⁇ 2-gliadin, it incorporates multiple overlapping epitopes previously identified using intestinal T cell clones and lines, and also fresh peripheral blood T cells from HLA-DQ2 + donors affected by celiac disease after in vivo gluten challenge.
  • epitopes include DQ2- ⁇ -I: PFPQPELPY (SEQ ID NO:3); DQ2- ⁇ -II: PQPELPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:4); and DQ2- ⁇ -III: PYPQPELPY (SEQ ID NO:5).
  • T cells have not been raised against barley hordein or rye secalin, proteins closely related to wheat gluten, the toxicity of barley and rye is ascribed to T cells specific for epitopes in wheat gluten, especially DQ2- ⁇ -I (SEQ ID NO:3) or DQ2- ⁇ -II (SEQ ID NO:4), that are cross-reactive with related hordein and secalin sequences deamidated by tTG, in particular PFPQP Q QPF (SEQ ID NO:9) deamidated to H ⁇ 9/S ⁇ 9 PFPQP E QPF (SEQ ID NO:10; DQ2- ⁇ -I) or PQP Q QPFPQ (SEQ ID NO:11) deamidated to H ⁇ 2/S ⁇ 2 PQP E QPFPQ (SEQ ID NO:12), respectively.
  • DQ2- ⁇ -I SEQ ID NO:3
  • DQ2- ⁇ -II SEQ ID NO:4
  • antigen-specific therapy is an attractive strategy to treat autoimmune and allergic diseases.
  • Whole protein-based approaches to desensitisation are effective for human allergic conditions and also treatment and prevention of autoimmunity and allograft rejection in experimental animal models.
  • wider application of protein-based antigen-specific therapy has been limited by the small but recognised risk of anaphylaxis and because relevant antigens may not be suitable as pharmaceuticals or are simply not understood in sufficient detail to permit pharmaceutical development.
  • the inventors Given the large number of toxic gluten peptides, the inventors have sought to identify an optimal non-redundant set of immunodominant peptides from which a minimal mixture could be selected for use in a peptide-based immunotherapy capable of modulating the immune response of an individual to gluten.
  • the inventors have sought to identify immunodominant peptides useful in the treatment of celiac disease by specifically modifying the pathogenic T cell response to gluten and to therefore provide a vaccine effective against celiac disease.
  • the same peptide mixture is also useful in diagnosis and monitoring immunomodulatory therapeutics in celiac disease.
  • the present inventors have identified three dominant T cell stimulatory peptides which together can be used as an agent in an immunotherapy or vaccine to modulate the T cell response to three or more gluten peptides and to provide tolerance to gluten, allowing treatment of celiac disease. Accordingly, in one aspect the present invention provides an agent comprising
  • a first peptide comprising the amino acid sequence LQPFPQPELPYPQPQ (SEQ ID NO:13), or a biologically active fragment or variant thereof,
  • a second peptide comprising the amino acid sequence QPFPQPEQPFPWQP (SEQ ID NO:14), or a biologically active fragment or variant thereof, and
  • a third peptide comprising the amino acid sequence PEQPIPEQPQPYPQQ (SEQ ID NO:16), or a biologically active fragment or variant thereof.
  • SEQ ID NO:13 (LQPFPQPELPYPQPQ) encompasses two overlapping epitopes, PFPQPELPY (SEQ ID NO:3) and PQPELPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:4)
  • SEQ ID NO:14 (QPFPQPEQPFPWQP) encompasses two overlapping epitopes, PFPQPEQPF (SEQ ID NO:10) and PQPEQPFPW (SEQ ID NO:15; DQ2- ⁇ -II)
  • SEQ ID NO:16 PEQPIPEQPQPYPQQ encompasses the epitope PIPEQPQPY (SEQ ID NO:17; DQ2-Hor-I) and also the predicted epitope EQPIPEQPQ (SEQ ID NO:18) interchangeable with QQPIPEQPQ (SEQ ID NO:19).
  • the first, second and/or third peptides comprise an N terminal acetyl group or pyroglutamate group and/or a C terminal amide group. More preferably, the first, second and/or third peptides comprise an N terminal pyroglutamate group and a C terminal amide group.
  • first, second and/or third peptides are conjugated to a compound.
  • suitable compounds include, but are not limited to, an adjuvant, and an MHC molecule or binding fragment thereof.
  • each peptide is provided as a separate molecule.
  • two or three of the first, second and third peptides, or biologically active fragment or variant of one or more thereof, are on a single polypeptide chain.
  • the agent comprises one or more additional peptides comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs:47, 48, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 89, 90, 91, 92, 95, 102, 103, 104, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 136, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 177, 178, 179, 180, 183, 184, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 209, 210, or a biologically active fragment or variant of any one or more thereof.
  • the additional peptides allow for a wider effective treatment group and greater breadth of treatment or diagnosis. Particularly, the use of additional peptides can increase the likelihood that the agent can abolish inflammation or damage in response to gluten ingestion and allow a celiac disease subject to have a normal diet.
  • the agent when used as a diagnostic, it is advantageous to have more targets and this is achieved by providing more peptides that might be in their deamidated or wild-type form from the list SEQ ID NOs:47, 48, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 89, 90, 91, 92, 95, 102, 103, 104, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 136, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 177, 178, 179, 180, 183, 184, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 209, 210.
  • the present invention provides an agent comprising one or more polynucleotides encoding
  • a first peptide comprising the amino acid sequence LQPFPQPELPYPQPQ (SEQ ID NO:13), or a biologically active fragment or variant thereof,
  • a second peptide comprising the amino acid sequence QPFPQPEQPFPWQP (SEQ ID NO:14), or a biologically active fragment or variant thereof,
  • a third peptide comprising the amino acid sequence PEQPIPEQPQPYPQQ (SEQ ID NO:16), or a biologically active fragment or variant thereof, and
  • the one or more peptides, or biologically active fragments or variants thereof may be encoded by one or more polynucleotides. Thus, at least some of the one or more peptides, or biologically active fragments or variants thereof, may be transcribed and translated from a single polynucleotide as a single polypeptide chain.
  • the agent may also be a mixture of peptides and polynucleotides.
  • the present invention provides an agent comprising
  • a third peptide as defined herein or a polynucleotide therefor a third peptide as defined herein or a polynucleotide therefor.
  • one or more of the peptides may be a biologically active fragment or variant of the defined peptide sequence.
  • the present invention provides a substantially purified and/or recombinant peptide comprising, more preferably consisting of, an amino acid sequence as shown in any one or more of SEQ ID NO:16, 69, 73, 75, 78, 80, 87, 91, 92, 95, 96, 98, 100, 104, 107, 113, 116, 117, 123, 138, 144, 147, 149, 153, 155, 156, 159, 161, 163, 165, 179, 181, 185, 187, 189, 195, 196, 198, 202, 204, 205, 207, 209, 215, or 223, or a biologically active fragment or variant of any one further or more thereof.
  • the peptide is 19 amino acids or less in length.
  • the peptide comprises the amino acid sequence PEQPIPEQPQPYPQQ (SEQ ID NO:16), or a biologically active fragment or variant thereof.
  • an isolated and/or exogenous polynucleotide encoding at least one peptide of the invention is provided.
  • a vaccine comprising an agent of the invention, a peptide of the invention, and/or a polynucleotide of the invention, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the vaccine comprises an adjuvant.
  • an isolated antigen presenting cell comprising an agent of the invention, a peptide of the invention, and/or a polynucleotide of the invention.
  • antigen presenting cell useful for the invention include, but are not limited to, a dendritic cell, macrophage, B-lymphocyte or a liver sinusoidal endothelial cell.
  • the antigen presenting cell is a dendritic cell.
  • a method of modulating a T cell response to a gluten peptide in a subject who is sensitive to gluten comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the agent of the invention, the peptide of the invention, the polynucleotide of the invention, the vaccine of the invention, and/or the antigen presenting cell of the invention.
  • a method of inducing immune tolerance to a gluten peptide in a subject who is sensitive to gluten comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the agent of the invention, the peptide of the invention, the polynucleotide of the invention, the vaccine of the invention, and/or the antigen presenting cell of the invention.
  • a method of treating celiac disease comprising administering to a subject who is sensitive to gluten an effective amount of the agent of the invention, the peptide of the invention, the polynucleotide of the invention, the vaccine of the invention, and/or the antigen presenting cell of the invention.
  • a method of modifying cytokine secretion in a subject who is sensitive to gluten comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the agent of the invention, the peptide of the invention, the polynucleotide of the invention, the vaccine of the invention, and/or the antigen presenting cell of the invention.
  • interleukin-2 interleukin-2
  • IFN ⁇ interferon gamma
  • TNF ⁇ tumour necrosis factor alpha
  • IL-10 interleukin-10 secretion is increased.
  • agent of the invention for the manufacture of a medicament for modulating a T cell response, inducing immune tolerance, treating celiac disease, and/or modifying cytokine secretion, in a subject who is sensitive to gluten.
  • the present invention provides a method for diagnosing celiac disease in a subject, the method comprising contacting a sample from the subject with the agent of the invention, the peptide of the invention and/or the vaccine of the invention and determining in vitro whether one or more of the peptides defined herein bind T cells in the sample, wherein the binding of one or more of the peptides to T cells indicates that the subject has, or is susceptible to, celiac disease.
  • the present invention provides a kit for carrying out the above diagnostic method, the kit comprising the agent of the invention, the peptide of the invention and/or the vaccine of the invention, and means to detect binding of one or more of the peptides to T cells.
  • the kit may also include instructions for use.
  • the kit may also comprise means for detecting recognition of the agent by T cells.
  • the present invention provides a method for producing the antigen presenting cell of the invention, the method comprising
  • agent of the invention the peptide of the invention, the polynucleotide of the invention, the vaccine of the invention, and/or the antigen presenting cell of the invention in diagnosis or therapy.
  • the present invention provides a method of making a vaccine of the invention, the method comprising combining the first, second and third peptides, and optionally one or more additional peptides selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs:47, 48, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 89, 90, 91, 92, 95, 102, 103, 104, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 136, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 177, 178, 179, 180, 183, 184, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 209, 210, or a biological group consisting
  • the present invention provides a method of determining whether a composition or food is capable of causing celiac disease, the method comprising detecting the presence of the agent of the invention, the peptide of the invention and/or the polynucleotide of the invention in the composition or a food sample.
  • the present invention provides a method of identifying a protease that can cleave a peptide as defined herein, the method comprising contacting the peptide with a protease under conditions to effect specific cleavage of the peptide to produce a proteolytic product and detecting the proteolytic product produced.
  • a method for improving the half life and/or bioavailability of a peptide when administered to a subject comprising modifying the N terminus of the peptide to include an N terminal acetyl or pyroglutamate and modifying the C terminus of the peptide to include a C terminal amide.
  • the peptide is for administering to a subject to induce immune tolerance.
  • FIG. 1 shows the relative frequencies of gluten peptide-specific T cells detected by IFN ⁇ ELISpot in PBMC collected on day-6 after HLA-DQ2 + celiac disease donors commence wheat to polymorphisms of ⁇ -gliadin 57-73 and ⁇ -gliadin 57-73 QE65 (SEQ ID NOs:7 and 8, respectively). 1-14 are represented by SEQ ID NOs:325, 326, 327, 328, 329, 330, 521, 331, 332, 333, 25, 334, 335, and 336, respectively.
  • FIG. 2 shows IFN ⁇ ELISpot responses of peripheral blood T cells to a variety of T cell epitopes (SEQ ID NOs:350, 351, 352, 353, 354, 44, 355, 356, 357, and 358, respectively).
  • FIG. 3 shows the frequencies of gluten peptide-specific T cells detected by IFN ⁇ ELISpot in PBMC collected on Day-6 after HLA-DQ2 + celiac disease donors commence wheat, rye or barley challenge reveals a clear hierarchy of responses.
  • the 17merQ is SEQ ID NO:326.
  • FIG. 4 shows T cells in blood after wheat challenge responded to a highly consistent hierarchy of gluten peptides.
  • the sequences correspond to SEQ ID NOs:360, 361, 361, 363, 364, 365, 367, 366, 368, and 369 from top to bottom, respectively.
  • FIGS. 5A-5C show fine-mapping of the immunodominant ⁇ -gliadin peptide, PQQPQQPQQPFPQPQQPFPWQP (SEQ ID NO:52).
  • FIGS. 6A and 6B show clear hierarchy of peptides in the Comprehensive peptide libraries.
  • FIGS. 7A-C show the sequences of peptides verified as T-cell stimulatory peptides, their hierarchy, dominance and recognition by T-cell clones raised against the most active peptides after wheat, barley or rye gluten challenge.
  • the 2 nd round core sequences in FIG. 7A correspond from top to bottom to SEQ ID NOs:370-406.
  • the 2 nd round core sequences in FIG. 7B correspond from top to bottom to SEQ ID NOs:407-436.
  • the 2 nd round core sequences in FIG. 7C correspond from top to bottom to SEQ ID NOs:437-465.
  • PFPQPQQPF is SEQ ID NO:9; PFPQPEQPF is SEQ ID NO:10; PQPQQPFPQ is SEQ ID NO:11; PQPEQPFPW is SEQ ID NO:15; PIPEQPQPY is SEQ ID NO:17; QQPQQPFPQ is SEQ ID NO:50; PQPELPYPQ is SEQ ID NO:246; PFPQPELPY is SEQ ID NO:248; PFPQPQQPI is SEQ ID NO:487; PQPQQPIPV SEQ ID NO:488; PFPQPQLPF is SEQ ID NO:489; PQPQLPFPQ is SEQ ID NO:490; PQQQFPQPQ is SEQ ID NO:491; PFPQPQQPQ is SEQ ID NO:492; QQPQQPFPL is SEQ ID NO:493; QQTFPQQPQ is SEQ ID NO:494; P
  • FIG. 8 shows the hierarchy of T-cell stimulatory peptides differs according to the whether celiac disease donors undergo wheat, barley or rye challenge.
  • the sequences correspond to SEQ ID NOs:466-486 from top to bottom, respectively.
  • FIGS. 9A-9D show that certain mixes of dominant T-cell stimulatory gluten peptides activate substantially larger numbers of T cells in blood collected after in vivo challenge with gluten-containing grains.
  • FIG. 10 shows the combination of NPL001 (SEQ ID NO:228), NPL002 (SEQ ID NO:229), and NPL003 (SEQ ID NO:230)(NexVax2) activates T cells specific for NPL001 (SEQ ID NO:228), in the gut (mesenteric lymph nodes, MLN) as well as spleen and local draining popliteal lymph nodes (PLN) following subcutaneous administration to the hind-leg.
  • the proliferation of NPL001-specific T cells is very similar at the three anatomic sites despite the peptides being delivered to the hind-leg. Proliferation of T cells is dose dependent.
  • FIGS. 11A and 11B show repeat administration of NexVax2 (SEQ ID NOs:228, 229 and 230) leads to the reduction in the proportion ( FIG. 11A ) and number ( FIG. 11B ) of gliadin-specific CD4 + T cells in the spleen.
  • FIGS. 12A and 12B show repeat administration of NexVax2 leads to the induction of Treg cells.
  • FIGS. 13A and 13B show repeat administration of NexVax2 (SEQ ID NOs:228, 229 and 230) results in an increase in the proportion of IFN ⁇ and IL-10 producing cells directly ex-vivo.
  • FIGS. 14A and 14B show the proliferative capacity of gliadin-specific T cells to cognate antigen is diminished following repeat administration of NexVax2 (SEQ ID NOs:228, 229 and 230) and restored in the presence of IL-2.
  • FIGS. 15A and 15B show T cells from mice treated with NexVax2 (SEQ ID NOs:228, 229 and 230) are able to suppress the proliferation of na ⁇ ve gliadin-specific T cells.
  • FIG. 16 shows in vitro cytokine production.
  • FIGS. 17A and 17B schedule for dosing, meals and blood collection of vaccination protocol.
  • a peptide includes a single peptide, as well as two or more peptides and so forth.
  • an antigen presenting cell is usually provided as a population of such cells.
  • celiac disease refers to a chronic inflammatory disease of the small intestine.
  • the disease encompasses a spectrum of conditions characterised by varying degrees of gluten sensitivity, including a severe form characterised by a flat small intestinal mucosa (hyperplastic villous atrophy) and other forms characterised by milder symptoms including fatigue, chronic diarrhoea, malabsorption of nutrients, weight loss, abdominal distension, anaemia as well as a substantially enhanced risk for the development of osteoporosis and intestinal malignancies (lymphoma and carcinoma).
  • the term “sensitive to gluten” refers to the state in which any one or more of the symptoms of celiac disease or an inappropriate T cell response are exhibited by a subject exposed to gluten, or peptide fragment thereof. In a subject who is not sensitive to gluten, there is little or no T cell response caused by ingestion of gluten. By contrast, in a subject sensitive to gluten there is an inappropriate CD4 + T cell mediated immune response to peptides derived from gluten after ingestion thereof.
  • Immune tolerance is here defined as to make a sensitised or hypersensitive subject, less sensitive, insensitive or nonreactive to gluten by reducing the immunological reactivity of a subject towards gluten.
  • Immune tolerance may be generated, for example, by exposure of mucosal surfaces to tolerance-inducing antigenic fragments of gluten as defined herein. Mucosal administration of both high- and low-dose antigen may result in immune tolerance, in which the immune response to subsequent systemic administration of antigen is reduced. At least two mechanisms of immune tolerance may exist. Tolerance to high-doses of an antigen appears to occur by inactivation or clonal deletion of Th1 and Th2 cells. In contrast, tolerance to low doses of antigen leads to bystander immune suppression mediated by stimulation of Treg cells to produce suppressive cytokines such as interleukin-4 (IL-4), interleukin-10 (IL-10) and TGF ⁇ .
  • IL-4 interleukin-4
  • IL-10 interleukin-10
  • inducing immune tolerance refers to bringing about, producing, or causing immune tolerance to gluten in a subject sensitive to gluten.
  • hyposensitive is here defined as abnormally susceptible physiologically to gluten.
  • the term “anergy” refers to a state of reversible unresponsiveness or hyporesponsiveness of a T cell (or B cell) to an antigen.
  • Treg refers to a subclass of T cells whose major role is to bring T cell-mediated immunity during an immune reaction to an end, and to suppress auto-reactive T cells that escaped negative selection in the thymus.
  • a “Treg response”, as used herein, is characterised by the differentiation and proliferation of the population of CD4 + or CD8 + Treg cells which express the forkhead family transcription factor FOXP3 (forkhead box p3) and/or the MHC Class II associated protein LAG-3, and/or express high levels of the IL-2 receptor alpha chain (CD25).
  • FOXP3 forkhead box p3
  • MHC Class II associated protein LAG-3 express high levels of the IL-2 receptor alpha chain
  • Treg cells may be determined by analysis of CD4 + /CD25 + expression. This may conveniently be achieved using flow cytometry.
  • Treg cells may be quantified by determining levels of FOXP3 mRNA in peripheral blood- or spleen-derived mononuclear cells by quantitative reverse transcriptase polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
  • PCR quantitative reverse transcriptase polymerase chain reaction
  • the induction of a Treg response in vivo may be assessed by the measurement of Treg-associated cytokines from peripheral blood- or lymph node-derived mononuclear lymphocytes.
  • Treg cells typically show higher expression levels of the anti-inflammatory cytokines such as IL-10 and TGF ⁇ and the presence of these mediators may be determined by methods known in the art, such as flow cytometry, immunohistochemical staining or ELISA.
  • T cell stimulatory peptide or “stimulatory peptide” refers to a peptide or epitope capable of activating a T cell.
  • activate or “activating” or “activation” in relation to a T cell refers to the presentation by an MHC molecule on one cell of an epitope to an appropriate T cell receptor on a second (T) cell, together with binding of a co-stimulatory molecule by the T cell, thereby eliciting a “T cell response”.
  • toxic peptide refers to a peptide that stimulates T cell activation in a subject.
  • expansion refers to the proliferation and amplification of a T cell population following T cell activation.
  • immunodominant refers to a subunit of a peptide (epitope) that is most easily recognised by the immune system and thus most influences the specificity of an induced immune response, such as a T cell response. “Immunodominant” may be used interchangeably with “dominant” herein.
  • the term “modulating a T cell response” refers to regulating or adjusting a T cell response in a subject sensitive to gluten, such that the T cell response to gluten is reduced orlessened.
  • modifying cytokine secretion refers to changing or altering somewhat the secretion of cytokines by a subject sensitive to gluten, such that the effects of gluten sensitivity in the subject are reduced or lessened.
  • the term encompasses both increased secretion of a particular cytokine or combination of cytokines and decreased secretion of a particular cytokine or combination of cytokines.
  • epitope refers to that portion of an antigen or a peptide that is recognised by the immune system, for example, a T cell receptor or the major histocompatibility complex (MHC) class I or class II, an antibody, a B cell receptor, which portion is sufficient for high affinity binding.
  • a linear epitope for recognition will be at least about 7 amino acids in length, and may be 8 amino acids, 9 amino acids, 10 amino acids, or more.
  • polyepitope refers to the presence of two or more epitopes (peptides) linked in a single polypeptide chain.
  • antigen and “immunogen” and variations thereof are generally used interchangeably and refer to the epitope-containing structure recognised by the immune system.
  • glutenorgluten protein encompasses alpha ( ⁇ ), beta ( ⁇ ), gamma ( ⁇ ) and omega ( ⁇ ) gliadins, and low and high molecular weight (LMW and HMW) glutenins in wheat, B, C and D hordeins in barley, ⁇ , ⁇ and ⁇ secalins in rye, and optionally avenins in oats.
  • Gluten peptides are peptides derived from, or encompassed within, one or more of the gluten proteins.
  • gliadin refers to the aqueous alcohol-soluble fraction of gluten, particularly, but not exclusively, gluten derived from wheat, for example Triticum aestivum.
  • glutenin refers to the aqueous alcohol-insoluble fraction of gluten, particularly but not exclusively, gluten derived from wheat, for example Triticum aestivum.
  • hordein or “barley hordein” refers to gluten derived from barley, Hordein vulgare.
  • “secalin” or “rye secalin” refers to gluten derived from rye, Secale cerale.
  • avedin or “oat avedin” refers to gluten derived from oats, Avena sativa.
  • Tissue transglutaminase is a crucial factor in celiac disease because it promotes gluten-specific T cell responses. Tissue transglutaminase causes selective deamidation of gluten, which in turn, causes the generation of a series of gluten peptides that bind to HLA-DQ2 or -DQ8 molecules with high affinity. The resulting HLA-DQ2 (DQ8)-gluten peptide interaction triggers the proinflammatory CD4 T cell response.
  • deamidation refers to the conversion of glutamine to glutamic acid, or to the conversion of asparagine to aspartic acid. As used herein, deamidation refers particularly to the conversion of glutamine to glutamic acid in gluten, a process that increases the propensity of gluten peptides to activate T cells.
  • human leukocyte antigen and “HLA” are here defined as a genetic fingerprint on human white blood cells and platelets, composed of proteins that play a critical role in activating the body's immune system to respond to foreign organisms. In humans and other animals, the HLA is also referred to as the “major histocompatibility complex” (MHC).
  • MHC major histocompatibility complex
  • the term “agent” refers to a collection of peptides and/or polynucleotides.
  • the peptides and/or polynucleotides may be in the same composition (such as a vaccine), in different compositions or a combination thereof (for example, the first and second peptide defined herein in one composition, and the third in a separate composition). If in different compositions, they will preferably be in close proximity, such as in a kit.
  • the methods of the invention contemplate providing (for example administering to a subject) the individual component peptides and/or polynucleotides of an agent of the invention in a single composition (vaccine), or sequentially in different compositions or a combination thereof.
  • subject includes inter alia an individual, patient, target, host or recipient regardless of whether the subject is a human or non-human animal including mammalian species and also avian species.
  • subject includes a human, non-human primate (for example, gorilla, marmoset, African Green Monkey), livestock animal (for example, sheep, cow, pig, horse, donkey, goat), laboratory test animal (for example, rat, mouse, rabbit, guinea pig, hamster), companion animal (for example, dog, cat), captive wild animal (for example, fox, deer, game animals) and avian species including poultry birds (for example, chickens, ducks, geese, turkeys).
  • the preferred subject is a human, more preferably a human who is HLA-DQ2 + .
  • peptide can generally be used interchangeably and encompass biologically active fragments, variants including homologues, and salts.
  • peptide is typically used to refer to relatively short molecules comprising less than 50, more preferably less than 25, amino acids.
  • each peptide defined herein may be, for example, 7 to 50 amino acids, such as 7, 8, 9 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 amino acids. It is contemplated that shorter peptides may prove useful, particularly those that are 20 or fewer amino acids in length, in therapeutics to reduce the likelihood of anaphylaxis but longer peptides with multiple epitopes are likely to be as effective as multiple short peptides in functional T cell-based diagnostics in vitro.
  • biologically active fragment consists of fewer amino acids than that of the reference peptide defined, for example, by the sequence of SEQ ID NOs:13, 14 or 16.
  • biologically active fragments are capable of generating a substantially equal or greater T cell response in a subject sensitive to gluten as the peptide from which it is derived.
  • biologically active fragments are capable of generating at least 50%, more preferably at least 75% of the T cell response in a subject sensitive to gluten as the peptide from which it is derived.
  • biologically active fragments are 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8 and no less than 7 amino acids in length. Deletions and/or additions at either end of any of the peptides are particularly contemplated.
  • Examples of biologically active fragments of the peptide provided as SEQ ID NO:13 are those which include PELP (SEQ ID NO:234), which has been found to be essential for T cell recognition.
  • suitable 7mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:13 include, but are not limited to:
  • QPELPYP (SEQ ID NO:235); PELPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:236); PQPELPY (SEQ ID NO:237) and FPQPELP (SEQ ID NO:238).
  • Suitable 8mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:13 include, but are not limited to:
  • PELPYPQP (SEQ ID NO:239); QPELPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:240); PQPELPYP (SEQ ID NO:241); FPQPELPY (SEQ ID NO:242) and PFPQPELP (SEQ ID NO:243).
  • Suitable 9mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:13 include, but are not limited to:
  • PELPYPQPQ (SEQ ID NO:244); QPELPYPQP (SEQ ID NO:245); PQPELPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:246); FPQPELPYP (SEQ ID NO:247); PFPQPELPY (SEQ ID NO:248) and QPFPQPELP (SEQ ID NO:249).
  • Suitable 10mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:13 include, but are not limited to:
  • QPELPYPQPQ (SEQ ID NO:250); PQPELPYPQP (SEQ ID NO:251); PQPELPYPQP (SEQ ID NO:252); FPQPELPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:253); PFPQPELPYP (SEQ ID NO:254); QPFPQPELPY (SEQ ID NO:255) and LQPFPQPELP (SEQ ID NO:256).
  • Suitable 11mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:13 include, but are not limited to:
  • PQPELPYPQPQ (SEQ ID NO:257); FPQPELPYPQP (SEQ ID NO:258); PFPQPELPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:259); QPFPQPELPYP (SEQ ID NO:260) and LQPFPQPELPY (SEQ ID NO:261).
  • Suitable 12mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:13 include, but are not limited to:
  • FPQPELPYPQPQ (SEQ ID NO:262); PFPQPELPYPQP (SEQ ID NO:263); QPFPQPELPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:264) and LQPFPQPELPYP (SEQ ID NO:265).
  • Suitable 13mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:13 include, but are not limited to:
  • PFPQPELPYPQPQ (SEQ ID NO:266); QPFPQPELPYPQP (SEQ ID NO:267) and LQPFPQPELPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:268).
  • Suitable 14mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:13 include, but are not limited to:
  • QPFPQPELPYPQPQ (SEQ ID NO:269) and LQPFPQPELPYPQP (SEQ ID NO:270).
  • Examples of biologically active fragments of the peptide provided as SEQ ID NO:14 are those which include QPEQPF (SEQ ID NO:317), which has been found to be essential for T cell recognition.
  • Suitable 7mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:14 include, but are not limited to:
  • QPEQPFP SEQ ID NO:271
  • PQPEQPF SEQ ID NO:272
  • Suitable 8mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:14 include, but are not limited to:
  • QPEQPFPW (SEQ ID NO:273); PQPEQPFP (SEQ ID NO:274) and FPQPEQPF (SEQ ID NO: 275).
  • Suitable 9mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:14 include, but are not limited to:
  • QPEQPFPWQ (SEQ IDNO: 276); PQPEQPFPW (SEQ ID NO:277); FPQPEQPFP (SEQ ID NO: 278) and PFPQPEQPF (SEQ ID NO: 279).
  • Suitable 10mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:14 include, but are not limited to:
  • QPEQPFPWQP (SEQ ID NO:280); PQPEQPFPWQ (SEQ ID NO:281); FPQPEQPFPW (SEQ ID NO:282); PFPQPEQPFP (SEQ ID NO:283) and QPFPQPEQPF (SEQ ID NO:284).
  • Suitable 11mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:14 include, but are not limited to:
  • PQPEQPFPWQP (SEQ ID NO:285); FPQPEQPFPWQ (SEQ ID NO:286); PFPQPEQPFPW (SEQ ID NO:287) and QPFPQPEQPFP (SEQ ID NO:288).
  • Suitable 12mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:14 include, but are not limited to:
  • FPQPEQPFPWQP (SEQ ID NO:289); PFPQPEQPFPWQ (SEQ ID NO:290) and QPFPQPEQPFPW (SEQ ID NO:291).
  • Suitable 13mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:14 include, but are not limited to:
  • PFPQPEQPFPWQP SEQ ID NO:292
  • QPFPQPEQPFPWQ SEQ ID NO:293
  • Examples of biologically active fragments of the peptide provided as SEQ ID NO:16 are those which include PIPEQPQ (SEQ ID NO:294), which is expected to be essential for T cell recognition.
  • Suitable 8mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:16 include, but are not limited to:
  • PIPEQPQP SEQ ID NO:295
  • QPIPEQPQ SEQ ID NO:296
  • Suitable 9mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:16 include, but are not limited to:
  • PIPEQPQPY (SEQ ID NO:297); QPIPEQPQP (SEQ ID NO:298) and EQPIPEQPQ (SEQ ID NO:299).
  • Suitable 10mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:16 include, but are not limited to:
  • PIPEQPQPYP (SEQ ID NO:300); QPIPEQPQPY (SEQ ID NO:301); EQPIPEQPQP (SEQ ID NO:302) and PEQPIPEQPQ (SEQ ID NO:303).
  • Suitable 11mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:16 include, but are not limited to:
  • PIPEQPQPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:304); QPIPEQPQPYP (SEQ ID NO:305); EQPIPEQPQPY (SEQ ID NO:306) and PEQPIPEQPQP (SEQ ID NO:307).
  • Suitable 12mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:16 include, but are not limited to:
  • PIPEQPQPYPQQ (SEQ ID NO:308); QPIPEQPQPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:309); EQPIPEQPQPYP (SEQ ID NO:310) and PEQPIPEQPQPY (SEQ ID NO:311).
  • Suitable 13mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:16 include, but are not limited to:
  • QPIPEQPQPYPQQ (SEQ ID NO:312); EQPIPEQPQPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:313) and PEQPIPEQPQPYP (SEQ ID NO:314).
  • Suitable 14mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:16 include, but are not limited to:
  • the agent or vaccine comprises more than one biologically active peptide fragment of the peptide of SEQ ID NO:13, 14 and/or 16.
  • the peptide of SEQ ID NO:13 could be substituted for two separate peptides, one recognised by T cells specific for DQ2- ⁇ -I (SEQ ID NO:3) and the other recognised by T cells specific for DQ2- ⁇ -II (SEQ ID NO:4).
  • any variant or fragment of SEQ ID NO:13 must comprise the region PELP or PDLP.
  • Biologically active variants include peptides which vary by one or more amino acids from the defined peptide, which are also known in the art as homologues.
  • a variant can comprise one or more amino acid substitutions in any one or more of the peptides.
  • substituted or “substitution” includes substitution, replacement, addition, insertion, omission and/or deletion (as such variants may also be fragments) of an amino acid residue(s). In particular, this refers to peptides having conservative substitution without losing, or significantly diminishing, their use in the methods of the invention.
  • biologically active variants are capable of generating a substantially equal or greater T cell response in a subject sensitive to gluten as the peptide from which it is derived.
  • biologically active variants are capable of generating at least 50%, more preferably at least 75% of the T cell response in a subject sensitive to gluten as the peptide from which it is derived.
  • Bioly active variants of the peptides may be identified by modifying the sequence of each peptide and then assaying the resulting peptide for the ability to stimulate an immune response, for example, production of T cells.
  • no more than 5, more preferably no more than 4, more preferably no more than 3, more preferably no more than 2, and even more preferably only 1 amino acid in a defined peptide is varied (by substitution, deletion or addition), when compared to a peptide sequence defined herein.
  • the percentage identity between a particular sequence (variant) and a reference sequence (peptide defined herein) is at least about 60% or at least about 70% or at least about 80% or at least about 90% or at least about 95% or above such as at least about 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or greater. Percentage identity can be determined using readily available software packages, such as BLAST ([[www.]]ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/) and GAP.
  • the second peptide comprises the amino acid sequence PQQPFPQPEQPFPWQP (SEQ ID NO:320), or a biologically active fragment or variant thereof.
  • the third peptide comprises the amino acid sequence FPEQPIPEQPQPYPQQ (SEQ ID NO:321), or a biologically active fragment or variant thereof.
  • Natural amino acids include alanine (A), arginine (R), asparagine (N), aspartic acid (D), cysteine (C), glutamine (Q), glutamic acid (E), glycine (G), histidine (H), isoleucine (I), leucine (L), lysine (K), methionine (M), phenylalanine (F), proline (P), serine (S), threonine (T), tryptophan (W), tyrosine (Y), valine (V), hydroxyproline (O and/or Hyp), isodityrosine (IDT), and di-isodityrosine (di-IDT). Hydroxyproline, isodityrosine, and di-isodityrosine (di-IDT). Hydroxyproline, isodityrosine, and di-isodityrosine (di-IDT). Hydroxyproline, isodityrosine, and di-isodityrosine (
  • substitutions may be conservative amino acid substitutions, in which the substituted amino acid has similar structural or chemical properties with the corresponding amino acid in the reference sequence.
  • substitutions may be non-conservative amino acid substitutions as long as the desired activity is maintained.
  • conservative amino acid substitutions involve substitution of one aliphatic or hydrophobic amino acids, for example, alanine, valine, leucine and isoleucine, with another; substitution of one hydroxyl-containing amino acid, for example, serine and threonine, with another; substitution of one acidic residue, for example, glutamic acid or aspartic acid, with another; replacement of one amide-containing residue, for example, asparagine and glutamine, with another; replacement of one aromatic residue, for example, phenylalanine and tyrosine, with another; replacement of one basic residue, for example, lysine, arginine and histidine, with another; and replacement of one small amino acid, for example, alanine, serine, threonine, methionine, and glycine, with another.
  • substitution of one aliphatic or hydrophobic amino acids for example, alanine, valine, leucine and isoleucine
  • substitution of one hydroxyl-containing amino acid for
  • Peptide variants may be produced by mutagenesis or other chemical methods.
  • Alanine scanning is a useful technique for identifying important amino acids.
  • an amino acid residue is replaced by Ala and its effect on the peptide's activity is determined.
  • cysteine residues may be substituted to minimise dimerisation via disulfide linkages.
  • Each of the amino acid residues of the peptide is analysed in this manner to determine the important regions of the peptide. Means for preparing such peptides are well understood in the art.
  • amino acid refers to naturally occurring amino acids, non-naturally occurring amino acids, and amino acid analogues, and to the D or L stereoisomers of each.
  • an agent comprising a peptide that is modified during or after translation or synthesis (for example, by farnesylation, prenylation, myristoylation, glycosylation, palmitoylation, acetylation, phosphorylation (such as phosphotyrosine, phosphoserine or phosphothreonine), amidation, derivatisation by known protecting/blocking groups, proteolytic cleavage, linkage to an antibody molecule or other cellular ligand, and the like).
  • a peptide that is modified during or after translation or synthesis (for example, by farnesylation, prenylation, myristoylation, glycosylation, palmitoylation, acetylation, phosphorylation (such as phosphotyrosine, phosphoserine or phosphothreonine), amidation, derivatisation by known protecting/blocking groups, proteolytic cleavage, linkage to an antibody molecule or other cellular ligand, and the like).
  • any of the numerous chemical modification methods known within the art may be utilised including, but not limited to, specific chemical cleavage by cyanogen bromide, trypsin, chymotrypsin, papain, V8 protease, NaBH4, acetylation, formylation, oxidation, reduction, metabolic synthesis in the presence of tunicamycin, etc.
  • protecting group refers to modifications to the peptide which protect it from undesirable chemical reactions, particularly in vivo.
  • protecting groups include esters of carboxylic acids and boronic acids, ethers of alcohols and acetals, and ketals of aldehydes and ketones.
  • acyl protecting groups such as, for example, furoyl, formyl, adipyl, azelayl, suberyl, dansyl, acetyl, theyl, benzoyl, trifluoroacetyl, succinyl and methoxysuccinyl; aromatic urethane protecting groups such as, for example, benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz); aliphatic urethane protecting groups such as, for example, t-butoxycarbonyl (Boc) or 9-fluorenylmethoxy-carbonyl (FMOC); pyroglutamate and amidation.
  • acyl protecting groups such as, for example, furoyl, formyl, adipyl, azelayl, suberyl, dansyl, acetyl, theyl, benzoyl, trifluoroacetyl, succinyl and methoxysuccinyl
  • aromatic urethane protecting groups such as, for example, benz
  • one of more glutamate residues of one or more of the peptides may be generated by tTG activity upon a peptide. In alternate embodiment, this reaction occurs in vivo following administration.
  • the peptides may comprise one or more modifications, which may be natural post-translation modifications or artificial modifications.
  • the modification may provide a chemical moiety (typically by substitution of a hydrogen, for example, of a C—H bond), such as an amino, acetyl, acyl, carboxy, hydroxy or halogen (for example, fluorine) group, or a carbohydrate group.
  • the modification is present on the N- or C-terminal.
  • one or more of the peptides may be PEGylated, where the PEG (polyethyleneoxy group) provides for enhanced lifetime in the blood stream.
  • One or more of the peptides may also be combined as a fusion or chimeric protein with other proteins, or with specific binding agents that allow targeting to specific moieties on a target cell.
  • Peptide variants may be obtained in which the peptide has been chemically modified at the level of amino acid side chains, of amino acid chirality, and/or of the peptide backbone.
  • peptides having SEQ ID NOs:13, 14 and/or 16 can improve resistance to degradation or optimise solubility properties or otherwise improve bioavailability compared to the parent peptide, thereby providing peptides having similar or improved therapeutic, diagnostic and/or pharmacokinetic properties.
  • a preferred such modification includes the use of an N-terminal acetyl group or pyroglutamate and/or a C terminal amide. Such modifications have been shown in Table 5 which significantly increase the half life and bioavailability of the peptides compared to the parent peptides having a free N and C terminus.
  • N terminal acetylation and C terminal amidation are suggested in the art in relation to therapeutic peptides, the use of an N-terminal pyroglutamate in the context of inducing immune tolerance has not previously been discussed. It is anticipated that other peptides useful for inducing immune tolerance could also benefit from an N terminal acetyl or pyroglutamate and/or a C terminal amide and accordingly, in a further aspect there is provided a method for improving the half life and/or bioavailability of a peptide comprising modifying the N terminus of the peptide by the addition of an N terminal acetyl or pyroglutamate and modifying the C terminus of the peptide by the addition of a C terminal amide.
  • the peptide comprises the amino acid sequence provided as SEQ ID NOs:228, 229 and/or 230.
  • the peptide variant of SEQ ID NO:13 has the sequence:
  • the peptide variant of SEQ ID NO:14 has the sequence:
  • the peptide variant of SEQ ID NO:16 has the sequence:
  • pyroE indicates N-terminal pyroglutamate
  • Ac indicates N-terminal acetyl
  • the agent or vaccine comprises NPL001, NPL002 and NPL003.
  • Such agent or vaccine is described herein as NexVax2.
  • the peptide variant of SEQ ID NO:13 has the sequence:
  • At least one glutamine in any one of the peptides is substituted by a glutamate.
  • Certain peptides described herein may exist in particular geometric or stereoisomeric forms.
  • the present invention contemplates all such forms, including cis- (Z) and trans- (E) isomers, R- and S-enantiomers, diastereomers, (D)-isomers, (L)-isomers, the racemic mixtures thereof, and other mixtures thereof, as, falling within the scope of the invention.
  • Additional asymmetric carbon atoms may be present in a substituent, such as an alkyl group. All such isomers, as well as mixtures thereof, are intended to be included in this invention.
  • any one or more of the peptides may include a non cleavable peptide bond in place of a particularly sensitive peptide bond to provide a more stable peptide.
  • Such non cleavable peptide bonds may include beta amino acids.
  • any one or more of the peptides may include a functional group, for example, in place of the scissile peptide bond, which facilitates inhibition of a serine-, cysteine- or aspartate-type protease, as appropriate.
  • the invention includes a peptidyl diketone or a peptidyl keto ester, a peptide haloalkylketone, a peptide sulfonyl fluoride, a peptidyl boronate, a peptide epoxide, a peptidyl diazomethane, a peptidyl phosphonate, isocoumarins, benzoxazin-4-ones, carbamates, isocyantes, isatoic anhydrides or the like.
  • Such functional groups have been provided in other peptide molecules, and general routes for their synthesis are known.
  • a variant may be a mimetic.
  • mimetic is intended to refer to a substance which has some chemical similarity to the molecule it mimics and retains a particular activity of interest (for example, inducing tolerance).
  • the underlying rationale behind the use of peptide mimetics is that the peptide backbone of proteins exists chiefly to orient amino acid side chains in such a way as to facilitate molecular interactions, such as those of T cell and MHC-peptide, antibody and antigen, enzyme and substrate or scaffolding proteins.
  • a peptide mimetic is designed to permit molecular interactions similar to the natural molecule. Mimetics include olefins, phosphonates, aza-amino acid analogues and the like. Persons skilled in the art would readily appreciate methods for designing mimetics of peptides and would be able to utilise them to design mimetics of the peptides defined herein.
  • the peptides may be analysed by hydrophilicity analysis, which can be used to identify the hydrophobic and hydrophilic regions of the peptide, thus aiding in the design of peptides for experimental manipulation, such as in binding experiments, antibody synthesis, etc.
  • Secondary structural analysis may also be performed to identify regions of a peptide that adopt specific structural motifs. Manipulation, translation, secondary structure prediction, hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity profiles, open reading frame prediction and plotting, and determination of sequence homologies, can be accomplished using computer software programs available in the art. Other methods of structural analysis including, but not limited to, X-ray crystallography, mass spectrometry and gas chromatography, computer modelling, optical rotary dispersion (ORD), or circular dichroism (CD) may also be used.
  • X-ray crystallography mass spectrometry and gas chromatography
  • computer modelling optical rotary dispersion (ORD), or circular dichroism (CD)
  • the peptides, fragments or variants may be in a salt form, preferably, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form includes the conventional non-toxic salts or quaternary ammonium salts of a peptide, for example, from non-toxic organic or inorganic acids.
  • non-toxic salts include, for example, those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloride, hydrobromic, sulphuric, sulfonic, phosphoric, nitric, and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, palmitic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicyclic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isothionic, and the like.
  • inorganic acids such as hydrochloride, hydrobromic, sulphuric, sulfonic, phosphoric, nitric, and the like
  • organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic
  • the peptides can be provided in the agent or vaccine as separate peptides or linked, for example, in a polyepitope structure.
  • the peptides may be presented in a single polypeptide chain (polyepitope string), i.e., in a linear or circular arrangement.
  • the peptides can be presented in a multiple antigen presentation system, particularly based on a dendrimer backbone such as polylysine.
  • a polylysine backbone provides a non-linear, branched arrangement of epitopes. This system provides the advantage over a polyepitope string that the peptides do not interfere with each other or be laible to cleavage into cryptic epitopes and thus are able to induce a full T cell response.
  • One or more of the peptides may be conjugated to a compound using standard methods.
  • compounds to which the peptides can be conjugated include but are not limited to a radioisotope, a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent compound, an enzyme label, a free radical, an avidin-biotin label, a bacteriophage label, a compound that increases the half life of the peptide in a subject, an adjuvant, an MHC molecule or fragment thereof.
  • the compound may facilitate detection and/or isolation or increase immunogenicity of the conjugated peptide.
  • Conjugated as used herein means coupled via covalent or non-covalent bonds. While covalent bonds are preferred, the compound may also be linked to the peptide via complexation without covalent linkage, for example, via hydrogen bonds or electrostatic, hydrophobic, etc., interaction.
  • Typical radioactive isotopes include 3 H, 125 I, 131 I, 32 P, 35 S, 14 C, 51 Cr, 36 Cl, 57 Co, 58 Co, 59 Fe, 75 Se, and 152 Eu.
  • Typical fluorescent labels include fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, phycoerythrin, phycocyanin, allophycocyanin, o-phthaldehyde, and fluorescamine.
  • Typical chemiluminescent compounds include luminol, isoluminol, aromatic acridinium esters, imidazoles, acridinium salts, and the oxalate esters.
  • Typical bioluminescent compounds include luciferin, luciferase, and aequorin.
  • Typical enzyme labels include alkaline phosphatase, beta-galactosidase, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase, maleate dehydrogenase, glucose oxidase, and peroxidase.
  • a non-specific linker is included between the compound and the peptide to which it is conjugated.
  • a linker is not involved in peptide activity. Rather the linker may serve as a spacer between the peptide and a functional moiety.
  • Uses for a linker include immobilization of the peptide, such as to aid purification or detection.
  • a linker may allow attachment of a compound to the peptide that enables specific delivery of the peptide to a particular target, such as a cell or tissue, spatially or temporally.
  • one or more of the peptides When used as a vaccine, one or more of the peptides may be coupled to a linker that serves as a spacer between the peptide and an immunogenic carrier, or permits improved coupling between the peptide and the immunogenic carrier and prevents the formation of cryptic epitopes.
  • one or more of the peptides are covalently coupled to an adjuvant (immunogenic carrier protein), such as diphtheria toxoid (DT), keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), tetanus toxoid (TT) or the nuclear protein of influenza virus (NP), to increase their immunogenicity, using any of several conjugation chemistries known in the art.
  • an adjuvant such as diphtheria toxoid (DT), keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), tetanus toxoid (TT) or the nuclear protein of influenza virus (NP), to increase their immunogenicity, using any of several conjugation chemistries known in the art.
  • a non-specific linker can be present between the peptide and the immunogenic carrier and is preferably joined to the peptide or co-synthesised to facilitate coupling to the immunogenic carrier and/or to serve as a spacer between the peptide and the immunogenic carrier.
  • one or more of the peptides are preferably conjugated to an immunogenic carrier that was not previously used for vaccination. When monitoring the success of vaccination, this prevents the diagnostic agent from reacting to antibodies that were formed against the carrier fraction of the vaccine.
  • the compound is an MHC class II molecule or peptide binding fragment thereof.
  • the MHC class II molecule may be purified from a biological sample. Alternatively, the MHC class II molecule may be recombinantly produced. A peptide binding fragment of the MHC class II molecule can be obtained, for example, by enzymatic cleavage of the purified or recombinant intact molecule. Alternatively, the peptide binding fragment may be recombinantly produced. In a preferred embodiment, the compound is a recombinant two domain MHC class II molecule.
  • the two domain MHC class II molecule comprises the ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 1 domain of a mammalian MHC class II molecule wherein the amino terminus of the ⁇ 1 domain is covalently linked to the carboxy terminus of the ⁇ 1 domain and wherein the polypeptide does not include the ⁇ 2 or ⁇ 2 domains.
  • the two domain MHC class II molecule is associated by covalent or non-covalent interaction with a peptide defined herein.
  • the peptide is covalently linked to the amino terminus of the ⁇ 1 domain of the class II molecule.
  • the two domain MHC class II molecule may also comprise a detectable label, such as a fluorescent label, or a toxin.
  • detectable label or toxin is to be covalently linked to the MHC molecule in a directed manner (i.e., rather than being randomly attached) it will generally be linked to the carboxy terminus of the molecule so as to minimise interference with the peptide antigen linked at the amino terminus.
  • the two domain MHC class II molecule may be used to detect and quantify T-cells, and regulate T-cell function.
  • such molecules loaded with a selected peptide may be used to detect, monitor and quantify the population of T cells that are specific for that peptide.
  • the two domain MHC class II molecule/peptide conjugate may also be used to induce anergy of gluten-specific T-cells, alleviating symptoms associated with celiac disease.
  • such molecules may be conjugated with a toxin to more directly kill the disease-causing T cells.
  • Suitable toxins include protein toxins (for example, ricin, diphtheria, and Pseudomonas toxin), chemotherapeutic agents (for example, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, methotrexate, cytotoxin, and antisense RNA), antibodies to a cytotoxic T-cell surface molecule, lipases, and radioisotopes emitting “hard”, for example, beta radiation.
  • protein toxins for example, ricin, diphtheria, and Pseudomonas toxin
  • chemotherapeutic agents for example, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, methotrexate, cytotoxin, and antisense RNA
  • antibodies to a cytotoxic T-cell surface molecule for example, lipases, and radioisotopes emitting “hard”, for example, beta radiation.
  • amino acid sequences of mammalian MHC class II ⁇ and ⁇ chain proteins are well known in the art and available from numerous sources including GenBank.
  • the ⁇ 1 domain is regarded as comprising about residues 1-90 of the mature ⁇ chain.
  • the native peptide linker region between the ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 domains of the MHC class II protein spans from about amino acid 76 to about amino acid 93 of the ⁇ chain, depending on the particular ⁇ chain under consideration.
  • an ⁇ 1 domain may include about amino acid residues 1-90 of the ⁇ chain, but one of skill in the art will recognise that the C-terminal cut-off of this domain is not necessarily precisely defined, and, for example, might occur at any point between amino acid residues 70-100 of the ⁇ chain.
  • the composition of the ⁇ 1 domain may also vary outside of these parameters depending on the mammalian species and the particular ⁇ chain in question.
  • the ⁇ 1 domain is typically regarded as comprising about residues 1-90 of the mature ⁇ chain.
  • the linker region between the ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 domains of the MHC class II protein spans from about amino acid 85 to about amino acid 100 of the ⁇ chain, depending on the particular ⁇ chain under consideration.
  • the ⁇ 1 protein may include about amino acid residues 1-100, but one of skill in the art will again recognise that the C-terminal cut-off of this domain is not necessarily precisely defined, and, for example, might occur at any point between amino acid residues 75-105 of the ⁇ chain.
  • the domain sequence may be extended to include part of the linker, or even part of the adjacent domain.
  • the precise number of amino acids in the ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 1 domains varies depending on the species of mammal, as well as between classes of genes within a species. Rather than a precise structural definition based on the number of amino acids, it is the maintenance of domain function that is important when selecting the amino acid sequence of a particular domain. Moreover, one of skill in the art will appreciate that domain function may also be maintained if somewhat less than the entire amino acid sequence of the selected domain is utilised.
  • a number of amino acids at either the amino or carboxy terminii of the ⁇ 1 domain may be omitted without affecting domain function.
  • the number of amino acids omitted from either terminus of the domain sequence will be no greater than 10, and more typically no greater than 5.
  • the ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 1 domains may include one or more amino acid sequence variations compared to the naturally occurring form providing domain function is maintained.
  • the functional activity of a particular selected domain may be assessed in the context of the peptide loaded MHC class II ⁇ 1 ⁇ 1 molecule.
  • a particular ⁇ 1 domain it will be linked to a functional ⁇ 1 domain, the resultant MHC class II ⁇ 1 ⁇ 1 molecule peptide loaded and tested for its ability to bind to and/or inhibit antigen specific T cell function, for example, T cell proliferation.
  • Nucleic acid molecules encoding these domains may be produced by standard means, such as amplification by the PCR. Standard approaches for designing primers for amplifying open reading frames encoding these domain may be employed. Libraries suitable for the amplification of these domains include, for example, cDNA libraries prepared from the mammalian species in question; such libraries are available commercially, or may be prepared by standard methods. Thus, for example, constructs encoding the ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 1 polypeptides may be produced by PCR using four primers: primers B1 and B2 corresponding to the 5′ and 3′ ends of the ⁇ 1 coding region, and primers A1 and A2 corresponding to the 5′ and 3′ ends of the ⁇ 1 coding region.
  • these amplified nucleic acid molecules may each be cloned into standard cloning vectors, or the molecules may be ligated together and then cloned into a suitable vector.
  • restriction endonuclease recognition sites may be designed into the PCR primers.
  • primers B2 and A1 may each include a suitable site such that the amplified fragments may be readily ligated together following amplification and digestion with the selected restriction enzyme.
  • primers B1 and A2 may each include restriction sites to facilitate cloning into the polylinker site of the selected vector.
  • Ligation of the two domain coding regions is performed such that the coding regions are operably linked, i.e., to maintain the open reading frame.
  • the fragments may be subsequently released from the cloning vector and gel purified, preparatory to ligation.
  • a peptide linker is provided between the ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 1 domains.
  • this linker is between 2 and 25 amino acids in length, and serves to provide flexibility between the domains such that each domain is free to fold into its native conformation.
  • the linker sequence may conveniently be provided by designing the PCR primers to encode the linker sequence.
  • the linker sequence may be encoded by one of the B2 or A1 primers, or a combination of each of these primers.
  • Variant MHC domain polypeptides may be produced by manipulating the nucleotide sequence of the molecule encoding the domain, for example by site-directed mutagenesis or the PCR.
  • the MHC Class II ⁇ 1 ⁇ 1 molecule is used in conjunction with a peptide defined herein.
  • the MHC Class II ⁇ 1 ⁇ 1 molecule may be “loaded” with the peptide in a number of ways, including by covalent attachment of the peptide to the MHC molecule. This may be conveniently achieved by operably linking a nucleic acid sequence encoding the selected peptide to the 5′ end of the construct encoding the MHC molecule such that, the expressed peptide is linked to the N-terminus of 1 of the MHC Class II ⁇ 1 ⁇ 1 molecule.
  • One convenient way of obtaining this result is to incorporate a sequence encoding the peptide into the PCR primers used to amplify the MHC coding regions.
  • a sequence encoding a linker peptide sequence will be included between the molecules encoding the antigenic peptide and the MHC polypeptide.
  • the linker should be sufficiently long to permit the antigenic peptide to fit into the peptide groove of the MHC polypeptide.
  • This genetic system for linkage of the antigenic peptide to the MHC molecule is particularly useful where a number of MHC molecules with differing antigenic peptides are to be produced.
  • the described system permits the construction of an expression vector in which a unique restriction site is included at the 5′ end of the MHC coding region (i.e., at the 5′ end of ⁇ 1 of the MHC Class II ⁇ 1 ⁇ 1 molecule).
  • a library of antigenic peptide-encoding sequences is made, with each antigen-coding region flanked by sites for the selected restriction enzyme.
  • the inclusion of a particular antigen into the MHC molecule is then performed simply by (a) releasing the antigen-coding region with the selected restriction enzyme, (b) cleaving the MHC construct with the same restriction enzyme, and (c) ligating the antigen coding region into the MHC construct. In this manner, a large number of MHC-polypeptide constructs can be made and expressed in a short period of time.
  • the antigenic peptide may be loaded into the molecules using standard methods. Such methods include simple co-incubation of the purified MHC molecule with a purified preparation of the peptide.
  • empty MHC Class II ⁇ 1 ⁇ 1 molecules (1 mg/ml; 40 uM) may be loaded by incubation with a 10-fold molar excess of peptide (1 mg/ml; 400 uM) at room temperature, for 24 hours. Thereafter, excess unbound peptide may be removed by dialysis against PBS at 4° C. for 24 hours.
  • peptide binding to MHC Class II ⁇ 1 ⁇ 1 molecules can be quantified by silica gel thin layer chromatography (TLC) using radiolabeled peptide. Based on such quantification, the loading may be altered (for example, by changing the molar excess of peptide or the time of incubation) to obtain the desired result.
  • nucleic acid can generally be used interchangeably and encompass biologically active fragments, and variants including homologues.
  • each constituent polynucleotide of an agent may be, for example, 21 to 150 nucleotides, such as, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150 nucleotides.
  • a “biologically active fragment” of a nucleic acid molecule consists of fewer nucleotides than that of the reference peptide encoding polynucleotide sequence and has a length of at least about 21 nucleotides, and may have a length of at least about 35 nucleotides.
  • biologically active variant and“biologically active fragment” have analogous meanings to those ascribed above with regard to the peptides defined herein.
  • a “biologically active variant” may comprise a sequence of nucleotides having at least 60% identity to the reference peptide encoding polynucleotide sequence. Percentage identity can be determined using readily available software packages, such as BLAST (ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/) and GAP.
  • the “biologically active variant” may hybridise to the reference peptide encoding nucleotide sequence (or a complementary form thereof) under low stringency conditions.
  • Low stringency refers to at least about 0 to at least about 15% v/v formamide and from at least about 1 M to at least about 2 M salt for hybridization, and at least about 1 M to at least about 2 M salt for washing conditions.
  • low stringency is at from about 25-30° C. to about 42° C. The temperature may be altered and higher temperatures used to replace formamide and/or to give alternative stringency conditions.
  • Alternative stringency conditions may be applied where necessary, such as medium or high stringency.
  • Reference herein to “medium stringency” refers to from at least about 16% v/v to at least about 30% v/v formamide and from at least about 0.5 M to at least about 0.9 M salt for hybridization, and at least about 0.5 M to at least about 0.9 M salt for washing conditions.
  • Reference herein to “high stringency” refers to from at least about 31% v/v to at least about 50% v/v formamide and from at least about 0.01 M to at least about 0.15 M salt for hybridization, and at least about 0.01 M to at least about 0.15 M salt for washing conditions.
  • Tm 69.3+0.41 (G+C) %.
  • the Tm of a duplex nucleic acid molecule decreases by 1° C. with every increase of 1% in the number of mismatch base pairs.
  • Formamide is optional in these hybridization conditions.
  • Particularly preferred levels of stringency are defined as follows: low stringency is 6 ⁇ SSC buffer, 0.1% w/v SDS at 25-42° C.; moderate stringency is 2 ⁇ SSC buffer, 0.1% w/v SDS at 20-65° C.; high stringency is 0.1 ⁇ SSC buffer, 0.1% w/v SDS at, at least 65° C.
  • Biological variants include polynucleotides that vary by one or more nucleotides from the reference polynucleotide.
  • a variant can comprise a substitution of one or more naturally occurring nucleotides with an analogue (such as the morpholine ring), methylated nucleotide, internucleotide modifications such as uncharged linkages (for example, methyl phosphonates, phosphotriesters, phosphoamidates, carbamates, etc.), charged linkages (for example, phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, etc.), pendent moieties (for example, polypeptides), intercalators (for example, acridine, psoralen, etc.), chelators, alkylators and modified linkages (for example, ⁇ -anomeric nucleic acids, etc.).
  • analogue such as the morpholine ring
  • internucleotide modifications such as uncharged linkages (for example, methyl phospho
  • Polynucleotides encoding one or more of the peptides may be provided in a vector.
  • a polynucleotide encoding one or more of the peptides defined herein can be used for the recombinant production of the peptides using techniques well known in the art.
  • the polynucleotide can be used to immunise/tolerise a subject to gluten.
  • a polynucleotide for use in the invention includes a DNA sequence that can be derived from one or more of the peptides, bearing in mind the degeneracy of codon usage. This is well known in the art, as is knowledge of codon usage in different expression hosts, which is helpful in optimizing the recombinant expression of the peptides.
  • the polynucleotide may include the coding sequence for the peptides alone or the coding sequence for the peptides in reading frame with other coding sequences, such as those encoding a leader or secretory sequence, a pre-, or pro- or prepro-protein sequence, linker peptide sequence, or other fusion peptide portions.
  • a marker sequence which facilitates purification of the fused peptide can be encoded.
  • the marker sequence is a hexa-histidine peptide, as provided in the pQE vector (Qiagen, Inc.), or is an HA tag, or is glutathione-S-transferase.
  • the polynucleotide may also contain non-coding 5′ and 3′ sequences, such as transcribed, non-translated sequences, splicing and polyadenylation signals, ribosome binding sites and sequences that stabilise mRNA.
  • agent and/or peptides defined herein may be delivered by loading APCs with, for example, the first, second and third peptides, a biologically active fragment or variant of one or more thereof, and/or a polynucleotide encoding one or more thereof.
  • the APCs are selected from the group consisting of dendritic cells, macrophages, B-lymphocytes and liver sinusoidal endothelial cells that express MHC class II molecules shared with the MHC phenotype of the subject.
  • the APCs may express HLA-DQ2 (for example, HLA DQA1*05 and HLA DQB1*02) and/or HLA DQ8.
  • HLA-DQ2 for example, HLA DQA1*05 and HLA DQB1*02
  • HLA DQ8 HLA DQ8.
  • the APCs employed for this purpose may be isolated from the subject to whom they are to be delivered after loading, or they may be obtained from an allo-matched subject.
  • Loading an APC it is meant that the APC is incubated or transfected with the peptides, a biologically active fragment or variant of one or more thereof, or a polynucleotide encoding one or more thereof.
  • Loading an APC can be achieved by using conventional nucleic acid transfection methods, such as lipid-mediated transfection, electroporation, and calcium phosphate transfection.
  • the peptides can be prepared in any suitable manner.
  • the peptides can be recombinantly and/or synthetically produced.
  • peptides may be synthesised by standard chemistry techniques, including synthesis by automated procedure using a commercially available peptide synthesiser.
  • peptide analogues are prepared by solid-phase peptide synthesis methodology which may involve coupling each protected amino acid residue to a resin support, preferably a 4-methylbenzhydrylamine resin, by activation with dicyclohexylcarbodiimide to yield a peptide with a C-terminal amide.
  • a chloromethyl resin (Merrifield resin) may be used to yield a peptide with a free carboxylic acid at the C-terminal.
  • the protected peptide-resin is treated with hydrogen fluoride to cleave the peptide from the resin, as well as deprotect the side chain functional groups.
  • Crude product can be further purified by gel filtration, high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC), partition chromatography, or ion-exchange chromatography.
  • cysteines can be used to make thioethers, histidines for linking to a metal ion complex, carboxyl groups for forming amides or esters, amino groups for forming amides, and the like.
  • the peptides may also be produced using cell-free translation systems.
  • Standard translation systems such as reticulocyte lysates and wheat germ extracts, use RNA as a template; whereas “coupled” and “linked” systems start with DNA templates, which are transcribed into RNA then translated.
  • the peptides may be produced by transfecting host cells with expression vectors that comprise a polynucleotide(s) that encodes one or more peptides.
  • a recombinant construct comprising a sequence which encodes one or more of the peptides is introduced into host cells by conventional methods such as calcium phosphate transfection, DEAE-dextran mediated transfection, microinjection, cationic lipid-mediated transfection, electroporation, transduction, scrape lading, ballistic introduction or infection.
  • One or more of the peptides may be expressed in suitable host cells, such as, for example, mammalian cells (for example, COS, CHO, BHK, 293 HEK, VERO, HeLa, HepG2, MDCK, W138, or NIH 3T3 cells), yeast (for example, Saccharomyces or Pichia ), bacteria (for example, E. coli, P. pastoris , or B. subtilis ), insect cells (for example, baculovirus in Sf9 cells) or other cells under the control of appropriate promoters using conventional techniques.
  • suitable host cells for example, COS, CHO, BHK, 293 HEK, VERO, HeLa, HepG2, MDCK, W138, or NIH 3T3 cells
  • yeast for example, Saccharomyces or Pichia
  • bacteria for example, E. coli, P. pastoris , or B. subtilis
  • insect cells for example, baculovirus in Sf9 cells
  • Suitable expression vectors include, for example, chromosomal, non-chromosomal and synthetic polynucleotides, for example, derivatives of SV40, bacterial plasmids, phage DNAs, yeast plasmids, vectors derived from combinations of plasmids and phage DNAs, viral DNA such as vaccinia viruses, adenovirus, adeno-associated virus, lentivirus, canary pox virus, fowl pox virus, pseudorabies, baculovirus, herpes virus and retrovirus.
  • the polynucleotide may be introduced into the expression vector by conventional procedures known in the art.
  • the polynucleotide which encodes one or more peptides may be operatively linked to an expression control sequence, i.e., a promoter, which directs mRNA synthesis.
  • a promoter which directs mRNA synthesis.
  • Representative examples of such promoters include the LTR or SV40 promoter, the E. coli lac or trp, the phage lambda PL promoter and other promoters known to control expression of genes in prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells or in viruses.
  • the expression vector may also contain a ribosome binding site for translation initiation and a transcription terminator.
  • the expression vectors may also include an origin of replication and a selectable marker, such as the ampicillin resistance gene of E. coli to permit selection of transformed cells, i.e., cells that are expressing the heterologous polynucleotide.
  • a selectable marker such as the ampicillin resistance gene of E. coli to permit selection of transformed cells, i.e., cells that are expressing the heterologous polynucleotide.
  • the nucleic acid molecule encoding one or more of the peptides may be incorporated into the vector in frame with translation initiation and termination sequences.
  • One or more of the peptides can be recovered and purified from recombinant cell cultures (i.e., from the cells or culture medium) by well known methods including ammonium sulphate or ethanol precipitation, acid extraction, anion or cation exchange chromatography, phosphocellulose chromatography, hydrophobic interaction chromatography, affinity chromatography, hydroxyapatite chromatography, lectin chromatography, and HPLC.
  • Well known techniques for refolding proteins may be employed to regenerate active conformation when the peptide is denatured during isolation and or purification.
  • glycosylated peptide it is preferred that recombinant techniques be used.
  • mammalian cells such as, COS-7 and Hep-G2 cells be employed in the recombinant techniques.
  • the peptides can also be prepared by cleavage of longer peptides, especially from food extracts.
  • salts of the peptides can be synthesised from the peptides which contain a basic or acid moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, the salts are prepared by reacting the free base or acid with stoichiometric amounts or with an excess of the desired salt-forming inorganic or organic acid or base in a suitable solvent.
  • the invention also provides a vaccine comprising the first, second and third peptides, a biologically active fragment or variant of one or more thereof, and/or a polynucleotide encoding one or more thereof. Also provided is a vaccine comprising a peptide of the invention and/or a polynucleotide of the invention.
  • the term “vaccine” refers to a composition comprising or encoding peptides that can be administered to a subject sensitive to gluten to modulate the subject's response to gluten.
  • the vaccine may reduce the immunological reactivity of a subject towards gluten.
  • the vaccine induces tolerance to gluten.
  • Administration of the vaccine to a subject may induce tolerance by clonal deletion of gluten-specific effector T cell populations, for example, gluten-specific CD4 + T cells, or by inactivation (anergy) of said T cells such that they become less responsive, preferably, unresponsive to subsequent exposure to gluten (or peptides thereof).
  • administration of the vaccine may modify the cytokine secretion profile of the subject (for example, result in decreased IL-4, IL-2, TNF ⁇ and/or IFN ⁇ , and/or increased IL-10).
  • the vaccine may induce suppressor T cell subpopulations, for example Treg cells, to produce IL-10 and/or TGF ⁇ and thereby suppress gluten-specific effector T cells.
  • the vaccine of the invention can be used for prophylactic treatment of a subject capable of developing sensitivity to gluten, for example, diagnosed as carrying the HLA-DQ2 and/or HLA-DQ8 gene and/or ongoing treatment of a subject who is sensitive to gluten, for example, a subject who has celiac disease.
  • a subject capable of developing sensitivity to gluten for example, diagnosed as carrying the HLA-DQ2 and/or HLA-DQ8 gene
  • ongoing treatment of a subject who is sensitive to gluten for example, a subject who has celiac disease.
  • treatment includes abrogating, inhibiting, slowing, or reversing the progression of a disease or condition, or ameliorating or preventing a clinical symptom of the disease (for example, celiac disease) or condition.
  • the amount of vaccine (or agent, peptide, polynucleotide and/or APC) to be administered is referred to as the “effective amount”.
  • the term “effective amount” means the amount sufficient to provide the desired therapeutic or physiological effect when administered under appropriate or sufficient conditions. Single or multiple doses may be administered. Undesirable effects, for example, side effects, are sometimes manifested along with the desired therapeutic effect; hence, a practitioner balances the potential benefits against the potential risks in determining an appropriate “effective amount”.
  • the exact amount required will vary from subject to subject, depending on the species, age, size and general condition of the subject, mode of administration and the like. Thus, it may not be possible to specify an exact “effective amount”. However, an appropriate “effective amount” in any individual case may be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art using only routine experimentation.
  • the vaccine modifies the T cell response to wheat, barley and rye in the subject, and preferably wheat, barley, rye and oats, as represented by gliadin, secalin, hordein, glutenin and optionally avedin proteins.
  • a subject treated according to the invention preferably is able to eat at least wheat, rye, barley and optionally oats without a significant T cell response which would normally lead to symptoms of celiac disease.
  • an agent of the invention may be administered in the same composition or in different compositions or a combination thereof (for example, the first and second peptide defined herein in one composition, and the third peptide in a separate composition). If in different compositions, they may be administered simultaneously or sequentially.
  • the agent or vaccine may include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier refers to molecular entities and compositions that do not produce an allergic, toxic or otherwise adverse reaction when administered to a subject, particularly a mammal, and more particularly a human.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier may be solid or liquid.
  • compositions include, but are not limited to, diluents, excipients, solvents, surfactants, suspending agents, buffering agents, lubricating agents, adjuvants, vehicles, emulsifiers, absorbants, dispersion media, coatings, stabilizers, protective colloids, adhesives, thickeners, thixotropic agents, penetration agents, sequestering agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents that do not affect the activity of the active agents of the invention.
  • the carrier can be any of those conventionally used and is limited only by chemico-physical considerations, such as solubility and lack of reactivity with the active agent, and by the route of administration.
  • Suitable carriers for this invention include those conventionally used, for example, water, saline, aqueous dextrose, lactose, Ringer's solution, a buffered solution, hyaluronan, glycols, starch, cellulose, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, magnesium stearate, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, sodium chloride, glycerol, propylene glycol, water, ethanol, and the like.
  • Liposomes may also be used as carriers.
  • adjuvant generally refers to an immunostimulatory substance designed to enhance the immunogenicity of one or more peptides defined herein. Preferably, the adjuvant does not produce a Th response and further, promotes immune tolerance and/or reduces inflammation.
  • Suitable adjuvants include 1) an aluminium-based mineral salt adjuvant, for instance an Al(OH) 3 gel or aluminium phosphate, but may also be a salt of calcium, iron or zinc; and 2) dexamethasone (Kang et al., 2008).
  • Administered may be orally, topically (percutaneous), parenterally, by inhalation spray or rectally in dosage unit formulations containing conventional non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • parenteral includes intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, subcutaneous, subconjunctival, intracavity, transdermal and subcutaneous injection, aerosol for administration to lungs or nasal cavity, or administration by infusion by, for example, osmotic pump.
  • the active compounds of the invention may be in a form suitable for oral use, for example, as tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs.
  • Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to methods known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavouring agents, colouring agents and preserving agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations.
  • Tablets containing the active ingredient in admixture with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may also be manufactured by known methods.
  • the excipients used may be for example, (1) inert diluents such as calcium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; (2) granulating and disintegrating agents such as corn starch, or alginic acid; (3) binding agents such as starch, gelatin or acacia, and (4) lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc.
  • the tablets may be uncoated or they may be coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate may be employed. They may also be coated to form osmotic therapeutic tablets for controlled release.
  • formulations for oral use may be in the form of hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin. They may also be in the form of soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.
  • an inert solid diluent for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin.
  • water or an oil medium for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.
  • Aqueous suspensions normally contain the active materials in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions.
  • excipients may include: (1) suspending agents such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; or (2) dispersing or wetting agents such as PEG esters of C2-Cis fatty acids, TWEEN® 80 or polyethylene oxide sorbitan monooleate, BRIJ® or polyoxyethylene alcohol, TRITONTM-X or Polyethylene glycol p-isooctylphenyl ether, TRITONTM-N or Polyoxyethylene branched nonylcyclohexyl ether, and TRITONTM A-20 or 4-(1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl) phenol, polymer with formaldehyde and oxirane, DECON, Tris or 2-amino-2-hydroxymethyl-1,3
  • the aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives, for example, ethyl or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate; one or more colouring agents; one or more flavouring agents; and one or more sweetening agents such as sucrose, aspartame or saccharin.
  • preservatives for example, ethyl or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate
  • colouring agents for example, ethyl or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate
  • flavouring agents for example, ethyl or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate
  • sweetening agents such as sucrose, aspartame or saccharin.
  • Oily suspension may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, for example arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, a fish oil which contains omega 3 fatty acid, or in a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin.
  • the oily suspensions may contain a thickening agent, for example beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents and flavouring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an antioxidant such as ascorbic acid.
  • Dispersible powders and granules are suitable for the preparation of an aqueous suspension. They provide the active ingredient in a mixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, a suspending agent and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above. Additional excipients, for example, those sweetening, flavouring and colouring agents described above may also be present.
  • the pharmaceutical composition(s) may also be in the form of oil-in-water emulsions.
  • the oily phase may be a vegetable oil such as olive oil or arachis oils, or a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin or a mixture thereof.
  • Suitable emulsifying agents include gum acacia, gum tragacanth, soy bean, lecithin, polyoxyethylene oxide sorbitan monooleate (TWEEN® 80).
  • the emulsions may also contain sweetening and flavouring agents.
  • Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol, aspartame or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, preservative, flavouring and colouring agents.
  • sweetening agents for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol, aspartame or sucrose.
  • Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, preservative, flavouring and colouring agents.
  • the pharmaceutical composition(s) may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension.
  • This suspension may be formulated according to known methods using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may be a suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
  • the acceptable carriers that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or di-glycerides.
  • fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
  • compositions suitable for parenteral administration include, but are not limited to, aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions.
  • appropriate delivery mechanisms for subcutaneous administration include, but are not limited to, implants, depots, needles, capsules, and osmotic pumps.
  • Sustained-release compositions may be prepared. Suitable examples of sustained-release preparations include semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, for example, films, or microcapsules. Examples of sustained-release matrices include polyesters, hydrogels (for example, poly(2-hydroxyethyl-methacrylate), or poly(vinylalcohol)), polylactides, copolymers of L-glutamic acid and ⁇ ethyl-L-glutamate, non-degradable ethylene-vinyl acetate, degradable lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymers such as the LUPRON DEPOTTM (injectable microspheres composed of lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymer and leuprolide acetate), and poly-D-( ⁇ )-3-hydroxybutyric acid. While polymers such as ethylene-vinyl acetate and lactic acid-glycolic acid enable release of molecules for
  • the active agent may be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization, for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly-(methylmethacrylate) microcapsules, respectively, in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles, and nanocapsules) or in macroemulsions.
  • colloidal drug delivery systems for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles, and nanocapsules
  • Microencapsulation for sustained release has been successfully performed with human growth hormone (rhGH), interferon (rhIFN), interleukin-2, and MN rgp120.
  • the sustained-release formulations of these proteins were developed using PLGA polymer due to its biocompatibility and wide range of biodegradable properties.
  • the degradation products of PLGA, lactic and glycolic acids, can be cleared quickly within the human body.
  • the degradability of this polymer can be adjusted from months to years depending on its molecular weight and composition.
  • a polynucleotide encoding one or more peptides defined herein is inserted into a recombinant expression vector for the purposes of administration to the subject.
  • recombinant expression vector refers to a plasmid, virus or other vehicle known in the art that has been manipulated by insertion or incorporation nucleic acid encoding one or peptides.
  • Such expression vectors contain a promoter sequence which facilitates the efficient transcription in the host of the inserted genetic sequence.
  • the expression vector typically contains an origin of replication, a promoter, as well as specific genes which allow phenotypic selection of the transformed cells.
  • the viral vector is derived from adeno-associated virus (AAV) and comprises a constitutive or regulatable promoter capable of driving sufficient levels of expression of the peptides defined herein.
  • AAV adeno-associated virus
  • the viral vector comprises inverted terminal repeat sequences of AAV, such as those described in WO 93/24641.
  • the viral vector comprises polynucleotide sequences of the pTR-UF5 plasmid.
  • the pTR-UF5 plasmid is a modified version of the pTR.sub.BS-UF/UF1/UF2/UFB series of plasmids (Zolotukiin et al., 1996; Klein et al., 1998).
  • Promoters useful with the subject invention include, for example, the cytomegalovirus immediate early promoter (CMV), the human elongation factor 1- ⁇ promoter (EF1), the small nuclear RNA promoters (U1a and U1b), ⁇ -myosin heavy chain promoter, Simian virus 40 promoter (SV40), Rous sarcoma virus promoter (RSV), adenovirus major late promoter, ⁇ -actin promoter and hybrid regulatory element comprising a CMV enhancer/ ⁇ -actin promoter. These promoters have been shown to be active in a wide range of mammalian cells.
  • CMV cytomegalovirus immediate early promoter
  • EF1 human elongation factor 1- ⁇ promoter
  • U1a and U1b small nuclear RNA promoters
  • ⁇ -myosin heavy chain promoter ⁇ -myosin heavy chain promoter
  • Simian virus 40 promoter SV40
  • RSV Rous sarcoma virus promoter
  • the promoters are operably linked with heterologous polynucleotide encoding one or more peptides defined herein.
  • operably linked it is intended that the-promoter element is positioned relative to the coding sequence to be capable of effecting expression of the coding sequence.
  • inducible and cell type specific promoters for example, Tet-inducible promoters (Clontech, Palo Alto, Calif.) and VP16-LexA promoters (Nettelbeck et al., 1998).
  • Transcriptional enhancer elements which can function to increase levels of transcription from a given promoter can also be included in the vector. Enhancers can generally be placed in either orientation, 3′ or 5′, with respect to promoter sequences.
  • synthetic enhancers can be used in the present invention, for example, a synthetic enhancer randomly assembled from Spc5-12-derived elements including muscle-specific elements, serum response factor binding element (SRE), myocyte-specific enhancer factor-1 (MEF-1), myocyte-specific enhancer factor-2 (MEF-2), transcription enhancer factor-1 (TEF-1) and SP-1 (Li et al., 1999; Deshpande et al., 1997; Stewart et al., 1996; Mitchell and Tjian, 1989; Briggs et al., 1986; Pitluk et al., 1991) can be used in the vector.
  • SRE serum response factor binding element
  • MEF-1 myocyte-specific enhancer factor-1
  • MEF-2 myocyte-specific enhancer factor-2
  • TEF-1 transcription enhancer factor-1
  • the gene therapy methods can be performed by ex vivo or in vivo treatment of the patient's cells or tissues.
  • Vectors can be introduced into suitable cells, cell lines or tissue using methods known in the art.
  • the viral particles and vectors can be introduced into cells or tissue in vitro or in vivo. Methods contemplated include transfection, transduction, injection and inhalation, for example, vectors can be introduced into cells using liposomes containing the subject vectors, by direct transfection with vectors alone, electroporation or by particle bombardment.
  • Dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active agent calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
  • the specification for the dosage unit forms are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the active agent and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active agent for the treatment of subjects.
  • the compositions may be presented in multi-dose form.
  • dosage units include sealed ampoules and vials and may be stored in a freeze-dried condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier immediately prior to use.
  • the agent or vaccine may also be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration.
  • the actual amount administered (or dose or dosage) and the rate and time-course of administration will depend on the nature and severity of the condition being treated. Prescription of treatment, for example, decisions on dosage, timing, frequency, etc., is within the responsibility of general practitioners or specialists (including human medical practicitioner, veterinarian or medical scientist) and typically takes account of the disorder to be treated, the condition of the subject, the site of delivery, the method of administration and other factors known to practitioners. Examples of techniques and protocols can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed. (1990), Mack Publishing, Company, Easton, Pa., U.S.A.). The dose, dose frequency, duration, route of administration and need for maintenance therapy could be based upon the criteria for other peptide immunotherapeutics.
  • Effective amounts may be measured from ng/kg body weight to g/kg body weight per minute, hour, day, week or month.
  • normal dosage amounts may vary from about 10 ng/kg to up to 100 mg/kg of mammal body weight or more per day, preferably about 1 g/kg/day to 10 mg/kg/day, depending upon the route of administration.
  • Guidance as to particular dosages and methods of delivery is provided in the literature.
  • Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of the agent or vaccine can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals by determining the IC 50 and the maximal tolerated dose.
  • the data obtained from these cell culture assays and animal studies can be used to formulate a range suitable for humans.
  • the peptides defined herein are also useful as a diagnostic agent.
  • gluten tolerance is assessed by measuring IL-10 and/or TGF ⁇ secreted from stimulated cells, for example, Treg cells, exposed to the peptides defined herein.
  • Treg cells are characterised by their capacity to produce large amounts of IL-10 and TGF ⁇ .
  • IL-10 is considered to be one of the main cytokines involved in immunosuppression; a target for suppression seems to be the transcriptional control of IL-2 in effector cells.
  • gluten tolerance is assessed by measuring IFN ⁇ secreted from stimulated cells, for example, gluten-specific CD4 + T cells.
  • the diagnostic test may be performed in vitro using whole blood or cells isolated and/or fractionated therefrom.
  • the cells have been previously exposed to one or more of the peptides (either alone, conjugated to an MHC molecule or fragment thereof, or peptide loaded APC).
  • the cells are stimulated in vitro by coincubation with the peptides (either alone, conjugated to an MHC molecule or fragment thereof, or peptide loaded APC).
  • the direct T cell mediated effects of the agent can be monitored by functional assays utilising cells isolated from peripheral blood or tissue (for example, the small intestine). Effects of peptide administration down stream to cognate T cells could be assessed using immune cell types, tissues, biological fluids (for example, plasma, intestinal secretions, urine or stool).
  • the biological effects of peptides recognised by cognate T cells are either pro-inflammatory or tolerogenic, depending on the dose regimen, mode of administration and whether the peptides are modified or co-administered with another compound that has immunological properties, for example, an adjuvant.
  • These and other peptides selected for use in peptide based therapeutic vaccines are generally short ( ⁇ 29 amino acids), aqueous-soluble, without innate immune effects and recognised by a substantial proportion of pathogenic T ells.
  • initial administration would be followed by activation of cognate T cells.
  • repeated administration of the agent is expected to induce T cell anergy and/or tolerance.
  • regular peptide administration would be expected to maintain tolerance to gluten, suppress inflammation in the small intestine and inhibit pro-inflammatory gluten-specific T cells throughout the body.
  • the key marker of therapeutic success would be the absence of inflammation in the small intestine following deliberate gluten ingestion.
  • Surrogate markers of immunity likely to predict normal or inflamed intestinal tissue after gluten ingestion includes a wide range of assays utilizing pure or crude mixtures of immune cells, biological fluids, or tissue samples, to measure soluble or cell-associated proteins or small molecules associated with immune activation, inflammation, or tolerance. These assays are well-known to immunologists, immuno-histologists, and clinicians familiar with immune diseases in rodents, humans, and in particular, celiac disease. Markers, more specifically, that assess the activity of celiac disease and gluten-induced immunity include small bowel histology, serum IgA and IgG specific gliadin (protein or peptide) and for various host proteins including tTG.
  • Generic and specific markers of immunity in celiac disease that might be adapted for use in monitoring the peptide immunotherapy for celiac disease or for diagnosis of celiac disease include the following:
  • T cells The phenotype of isolated T cells could then be assessed fresh or following short-term expansion in vitro.
  • Assays of T cells may rely upon MHC-peptide complexes, antigen-stimulated intracellular cytokine, or other cell surface markers induced on antigen-activated T cells.
  • Functional status of CD4 + T cells is correlated with the presence of various cell-surface and intra-cellular markers, for example, activation markers including CD25 and CD69, or of “tolerance” and regulatory T cell function, for example, GITR and FOXP3.
  • Production of cytokines such as IFN ⁇ , IL-4, IL-5 and IL-13, and of IL-17 would be considered pro-inflammatory for classic Th1, Th2 or Th17 pro-inflammatory immune responses.
  • Effects of peptides on CD4 + T cells can also be measured using mixtures of cells, for example, whole blood, PBMC, mononuclear cells isolated from tissue, or using tissue incubated with the peptides. Assays capable of measuring individual or multiple proteins or RNA encoding relevant immunological or disease-associated proteins such as cytokines and chemokines could be assessed after short-term incubation with the peptides.
  • Assays such as IFN ⁇ ELISpot using PBMC before and or after administration of gluten or peptides themselves to the patient, or multiplex assays of chemokines and cytokines using PBMC are capable of detecting the biological effects of peptide-specific T cells from patients.
  • the therapeutic effect of the peptides would be indicated by a shift from markers associated with pro-inflammatory immune responses to markers associated with immune tolerance (for example, IL-10) and general reduction in pro-inflammatory markers such as IFN ⁇ .
  • the clinical effects of the peptide immunotherapy would be assessed by histologic examination of tissues exposed to dietary gluten, typically the small bowel, but in experimental settings oral and rectal mucosa have also bee assessed, and in principle other sites such as oesophagus and colon might also be assessed. Tissue from these sites could be collected by direct visualization, typically by endoscopic biopsy. Direct visualization by endoscopy has also been used to diagnose celiac disease according to the appearance of the mucosa—villous atrophy can be assessed by standard as well as magnifying and capsule endoscopy. Hence, the tolerogenic effects of the peptides may be assessed simply by detection of macroscopic tissue damage in the gastrointestinal tract.
  • Immunoglobulin specific for the peptides or other gluten peptides, or autoantigens relevant to celiac disease would provide markers of gluten immunity relevant to disease activity, and to opsonising activity that may compromise the therapeutic effects of the peptides themselves.
  • Presence of markers associated with anaphylaxis, such as peptide- or gluten-specific IgE or histamine release by peripheral blood basophils may also be used to predict complications of peptide immunotherapy and need to adjust or cease therapy.
  • the invention also provides a method of determining whether a composition or food is capable of causing celiac disease, the method comprising detecting the presence of the agent of the invention, the peptide of the invention and/or the polynucleotide of the invention in the composition or a food sample.
  • a binding assay in which one or more compounds which bind one or more peptides defined herein in a specific manner is contacted with the composition and the formation of peptide/compound complex(es) is detected and used to ascertain the presence of the peptide(s).
  • the compound is an antibody. Any suitable format of binding assay can be used.
  • the assay utilises monoclonal antibodies to gluten peptides in a non-competitive, sandwich type ELISA. Food samples may first be extracted, optionally diluted and then tested in the assay.
  • the composition or food typically comprises material from a plant that expresses gluten.
  • material may be a plant part, such as a harvested product (for example, seed).
  • the material may be processed products of the plant material, such as a flour or food that comprises gluten.
  • the processing of food material and testing in suitable binding assays is routine (see for example, Kricka, 1998).
  • the composition or food material may be treated with tTG prior to being contacted with the compound.
  • the composition or food material is contacted with at least 2, 3, 5, 10 or more antibodies which are specific for peptides defined herein in deamidated and/or non-deamidated form.
  • the antibodies are directed against sequences that are protease resistant and allow for the detection of ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ and ⁇ gliadins, and LMW and HMW glutenins in wheat, B, C and D hordeins in barley, ⁇ , ⁇ and ⁇ secalins in rye, and optionally avenins in oats.
  • Antibodies directed against the peptides/epitopes defined herein may be provided in kit form for use in an assay for the detection and/or quantification of gluten in foods.
  • the present invention also provides a method of identifying a protease that can cleave a peptide as defined herein, the method comprising contacting the peptide with a protease under conditions to effect specific cleavage of the peptide to produce a proteolytic product and detecting the proteolytic product produced.
  • the proteolytic product is detected, for example, using SDS-PAGE, HPLC, ELIZA, or Western Blot.
  • the peptide is fused to a fluorescent donor and a quenching acceptor so as to enable intramolecular resonance energy transfer between the fluorescent donor and the quenching acceptor. Upon cleavage, the donor and acceptor are separated, allowing detection of the donor's fluorescent emission.
  • the peptide separates the fluorescent donor and the quenching acceptor at a distance of less than about 100 angstroms.
  • the fluorescent donor can be attached to the peptide's C-terminus, and the quenching acceptor can be attached to the peptide's N-terminus, or vice versa.
  • Barley challenge Pearl barley (Ward McKenzie, Altona, Australia) cooked as risotto (150 g dry weight daily). Risotto servings were divided into equal servings for breakfast, lunch and dinner.
  • Rye challenge Daily consumption of 100 g dry weight rye flour in the form of muffins eaten throughout the course of the day beginning at breakfast.
  • Rye flour-sourced was either from rye grown in “isolation” at Long Ashton Research Station, UK and subsequently hand milled (for assessment of the Pilot library), or from Biodynamic rye flour (Eden Valley Biodynamic Farm, Dumbleyung, Australia).
  • Combined wheat, barley and rye challenge Two muffins consisting of 25 g wheat flour (White Wings, Goodman Fielder, Australia), 22 g barley flour (Four Leaf Milling, Tarlee, South Australia), and 22 g rye flour (Four Leaf Milling, Tarlee, South Australia) were eaten each day.
  • Synthetic peptides (purity >70%) were purchased from Research Genetics (USA), Mimotopes (Australia), or Pepscan (Netherlands). Deamidation with guinea pig liver tTG (Sigma T5398) was as described previously (Anderson et al., 2000). Peptides (2 mg/ml) or gliadin (Sigma G3375) were incubated for 4 hours, 37° C.
  • Amino acid analysis and HPLC Amino acid analysis and HPLC: 1320/1363 gliadin 18mers, IKDFHVYFRESRDALWKGPG IKDFHVYFRESRDALWKGPG 1311/1338 hordein 18mers, (SEQ ID NO: 519) (SEQ ID NO: 519) and 321/327 secalin 18mers.
  • IFN ⁇ ELISpot assays (Mabtech, Sweden) using 96 well plates (MSIP-S45-10; Millipore, Bedford, Mass.) were performed using Peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) from blood drawn between 0800 hours and midday on the sixth day after commencing gluten challenge as previously described. Briefly, ELISpot plates were coated with sterile capture anti-cytokine antibody at 1:100 concentration (50 ⁇ l/well) diluted in PBS and wrapped in foil overnight at 4° C. Prior to use, each plate was washed three times with sterile PBS and non-specific binding blocked by addition of RPMI with 10% FCS (50 ⁇ l/well) for 2 hours at 37° C.
  • PBMC Peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • Antigen at 5 ⁇ concentration was added to each well (25 ⁇ l) followed by addition of freshly isolated PBMC suspended in complete medium (100 ⁇ l) and incubated overnight (16-20 hours) at 37° C. in a 5% CO 2 incubator. Cells and culture medium were then discarded and the plate washed once with cold distilled water then three times with PBS with 0.05% TWEEN®-20 (Sigma P2287, St Louis, USA) and three times in PBS (200 ⁇ l/well each wash). Biotinylated anti-cytokine mAb (1:1000) diluted in PBS with 0.5% FCS (50 ⁇ l/well) was incubated for 2 hours at room temperature.
  • PBMC peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • PBMC and LPMC were stained with 0.1 M CFSE and were plated out in 96 well plates at 2 ⁇ 10 5 cells/well, as previously described (Mannering et al., 2003; Mannering et al., 2005). Peptide and protein antigens were used at 32 g/mL and 100 ⁇ g/mL respectively. Between 7 and 10 days later, CD4 + proliferation was measured by flow cytometry (FACSAria, BD).
  • CD4 + CFSE dim PI ⁇ cells were sorted into a single well of a 96 well plate containing 2 ⁇ 10 5 PBMC (irradiated at 2000 rads), 2 ⁇ 10 4 JY-EBV (irradiated at 5000 rads), 20 U/mL recombinant human IL-2, 5 ng/mL recombinant human IL-4 and 30 ng/mL anti-CD3 (OKT3) in media.
  • Cells were fed every 7 days for 2 weeks with media containing cytokines to give a final concentration of 20 U/mL IL-2 and 5 ng/mL IL-4.
  • the cells were split in half and topped up with 12.5 ml of media containing IL-2 at a final concentration of 50 U/mL. Expanded cells were examined for antigen specificity on day-10 by 3 H-thymidine proliferation assay or IFN ⁇ ELISpot.
  • Expanded antigen-specific clones were tested for clonality using the IOTest Beta Mark (Beckman Coulter). Negative clones were confirmed as clonal by PCR of the TCR V ⁇ chains. HLA-restriction was determined by anti-HLA-DR (10 ⁇ g/ml Clone L243) and HLA-DQ (10 ⁇ g/ml Clone SPVL3) antibodies. Secretion of IFN ⁇ , IL-4, IL-5, IL-10, IL-13, and IL-17 by clones to cognate antigen was determined in ELISpot assays utilising irradiated APCs (2000 rads) from HLA DQ2 + HLA DQ8 ⁇ donors. Lysine scans of SEQ ID NOs:228, 229, and 230 (NPL001, NPL002, and NPL003, respectively) were carried out in ELISpot or proliferation assays using clones specific for these peptides.
  • ELISpot responses were considered significant when SFU were both greater than four times medium alone and greater than 10 SFU/well.
  • Proliferation assays were considered significant when stimulation indices (SI) were greater than 3.
  • Data sets were normalised for inter-donor or inter-clone variability by expressing SFU or SI as a percentage of the most reactive peptide, peptide pool, or cocktail tested. Reactive peptides and peptide pools were assigned a “score” between 0 and 100, equal to the mean normalised response of donors who responded to at least one peptide or pool.
  • Example 2 Determination of the Primary Dominant Peptides Using Fresh Polyclonal T Cells Induced by In Vivo Gluten Challenge
  • gluten peptides additional to the ⁇ -gliadin p57-73 QE65 (SEQ ID NO:8) and peptides including the epitopes SEQ ID NOs:4 and/or 5 must also stimulate a substantial population of T cells induced by in vivo gluten challenge.
  • the inventors were not confident that a peptide-based immunotherapy utilising ⁇ -gliadin p57-73 QE65 (SEQ ID NO:8) and peptides including the epitopes SEQ ID NOs:4 and/or 5 would alone consistently target a sufficiently large proportion of the disease-relevant gluten-specific T cell population.
  • ⁇ -gliadin p57-73 QE65 SEQ ID NO:8
  • peptides including the epitopes SEQ ID NOs:4 and/or 5 were partial agonists and that sequences related to SEQ ID NOs:8, 4 and/or 5 would stimulate substantially more T cells, or that additional peptides encompassing immuno-dominant epitopes are present amongst gluten proteins expressed by wheat, barley or rye.
  • PELPY SEQ ID NO:22
  • ⁇ -gliadin p57-73 QE65 SEQ ID NO:8
  • ⁇ -gliadin peptide AAG17702 (141-157) was more active than medium alone.
  • the inventors then assessed deamidated 15mers encompassing epitopes reported for intestinal T cell clones: GLIA-20 PFRP Q QPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:30) in its deamidated form PFRP E QPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:31), DQ2- ⁇ -I PQQSFP Q Q Q (SEQ ID NO:32) in its deamidated form PQQSFP E Q E (SEQ ID NO:33), DQ2- ⁇ -II IQP Q QPAQL (SEQ ID NO:34) in its deamidated form IQP E QPAQL (SEQ ID NO:35), DQ2- ⁇ -III Q QPQ Q PYP Q (SEQ ID NO:36) in its deamidated form E QP E QPYP E (SEQ ID NO:37), DQ2- ⁇ -IV SQP Q Q Q FPQ (SEQ ID NO:38) in its deamidated form SQP E Q E FPQ (SEQ ID NO:39), Glu 5 Q
  • FIG. 2 shows 7 donors responded to the variant of deamidated ⁇ -gliadin p57-73 QE65 with leucine at position 17 QLQPFPQPELPYPQPQL (SEQ ID NO:46) encompassing DQ2- ⁇ -I (SEQ ID NO:3) and DQ2- ⁇ -II (SEQ ID NO:4) (5 M) and a 33mer LQLQPFPQPELPYPQPELPYPQPELPYPQPQPF (SEQ ID NO:2; deamidated ⁇ 2-gliadin 56-88) (5 M) encompassing overlapping tandem repeats of DQ2- ⁇ -I (SEQ ID NO:3) and DQ2- ⁇ -II (SEQ ID NO:4), and DQ2- ⁇ -III (SEQ ID NO:5).
  • increases in responses to three of 83 pools reached statistical significance following gluten challenge (p ⁇ 0.05, Wilcoxon paired rank sum), but were inconsistent, weak and unaffected by deamidation (see FIG. 3 ).
  • tTG pre-treatment increased (p ⁇ 0.05, one tail Wilcoxon paired rank sum) the frequency of peripheral blood T cells that recognised chymotrypsin pre-treated gliadin and also 11 of the peptide pools tested.
  • a “score” between 0 and 100 was calculated according to the average of “responder's”-IFN ⁇ ELISpot (SFU/well) responses above “background” on day-6 or day-7 expressed as a percentage of their maximal response to any pool (or library peptide).
  • ⁇ -gliadin pools 10 or 12 with 20mers encompassing DQ2- ⁇ -I (SEQ ID NO:3), DQ2- ⁇ -II (SEQ ID NO:4), and/or DQ2- ⁇ -III (SEQ ID NO:5) epitopes were the most active, and in the other 3 responders, ⁇ -gliadin pool 81 was the most active.
  • ⁇ -gliadin pool 12 had the highest score (78) and next was ⁇ -gliadin pool 81 (72).
  • Individual tTG-treated peptides from pools 7-13, 42-53, 68, and 78-82 were assessed with PBMC collected from 5/7 responders on day-7 (see FIG. 4 ).
  • All four of the ⁇ -gliadin 20mers included sequences homologous to DQ2- ⁇ -I (SEQ ID NO:3) and/or DQ2- ⁇ -II (SEQ ID NO:4): namely, QPFPQPQQPFPW (SEQ ID NO:47; W03; B01), PFPQPQQPIPV (SEQ ID NO:48; W04), QPFPQPQLPFPQ (SEQ ID NO:49; W06) encompassed in SEQ ID NO:28, and three included sequences reported to be recognised by DQ2- ⁇ -VII epitope Q QP Q QPFPQ (SEQ ID NO:50) when deamidated to E QP E QPFPQ (SEQ ID NO:51) specific intestinal T cell clones.
  • Preincubation of PBMC from HLA DQA1*05 DQB1*02 homozygotes and heterozygotes with anti-HLA-DQ but not -DR abolished overnight IFN ⁇ ELISpot responses to this peptide (data not shown).
  • the peptide hierarchy observed in the initial experiment was verified by separately assessing all 652 individual 20mers in the Pilot Gliadin library using PBMC collected 6 days after wheat challenge from 13 further HLA-DQ2 + 8 ⁇ donors (see FIG. 4 ). Again there was no clear difference in activity between 20mers including DQ2- ⁇ -II (SEQ ID NO:4) and DQ2- ⁇ -I (SEQ ID NO:3) and/or DQ2- ⁇ -III (SEQ ID NO:5), suggesting that fresh polyclonal T cells are rarely specific for DQ2- ⁇ -I (SEQ ID NO:3) but not DQ2- ⁇ -III (SEQ ID NO:5) or vice versa.
  • PBMC from 6 HLA-DQ2 + 8 + celiac disease donors on day-6 after commencing wheat challenge were screened against each of the 652 individual 20mers in the Pilot gliadin library (see FIG. 4 ).
  • the ⁇ -gliadin peptides that were most active in HLA-DQ2 + 8 ⁇ celiac disease donors were also the most active in 4 HLA-DQ2 + 8 + celiac disease donors after gluten challenge.
  • PBMC from 6 HLA-DQ2 + 8 + celiac disease donors on day-6 after commencing 3-day challenge with pure rye were screened against each of the 652 individual 20mers in the Pilot gliadin library (see FIG. 4 ).
  • the hierarchy of T-cell stimulatory gliadin 20mers was strikingly different from that observed after challenge with wheat (see FIG. 4 ).
  • T cells measured by the overnight IFN ⁇ ELISpot assay in blood after rye challenge rarely recognised 20mers including DQ2- ⁇ -I (SEQ ID NO:3), DQ2- ⁇ -II (SEQ ID NO:4), or DQ2- ⁇ -III (SEQ ID NO:5) epitopes.
  • the ⁇ -gliadin 20mers including QPFPQPQQPFPW (SEQ ID NO:47) and QPFPQPQQPIPV (SEQ ID NO:48) were immunodominant.
  • T cell clones raised against deamidated wheat gluten or gliadin in vitro may often be promiscuous in their recognition of immunodominant gliadin peptides as reported by Vader et al., 2003, fresh polyclonal T cells induced by in vivo gluten challenge do discriminate between closely related sequences.
  • T cells specific for the dominant sequences QPFPQP Q QPFPW (SEQ ID NO:47) and PFPQP Q QPIPV (SEQ ID NO:48) induced by rye challenge in vivo did not recognise DQ2- ⁇ -I (SEQ ID NO:3), DQ2- ⁇ -II (SEQ ID NO:4), or DQ2- ⁇ -III (SEQ ID NO:5) epitopes.
  • T cells specific for the immunodominant ⁇ - and ⁇ -gliadin peptides make little or no contribution to the overall gliadin-specific T cell population present in blood on day-6 of wheat challenge (see FIG. 2 ). Therefore, the inventors concluded that the immunodominance and relevance of gluten epitopes previously reported for intestinal T cell lines and clones in vitro frequently diverges from that measured by an overnight assay of polyclonal T cells in blood freshly isolated from celiac disease donors after in vivo gluten challenge.
  • the inventors sought to confirm and extend the hierarchy of T-cell stimulatory peptides to all gluten proteins from bread-making wheat ( T. aestivum ), barley and rye in HLA-DQ2 + 8 ⁇ celiac disease donors.
  • the inventors developed a novel algorithm to design customised libraries of minimal size to accommodate all unique sequences of, for example, 12mers within longer peptides, for example, 20mers. Beissbarth, T., et al., 2005.
  • PBMC from 21 celiac disease donors 6 days after commencing barley challenge were used to screen the hordein library, and PBMC from 19 further donors 6-days after commencing rye challenge were used to screen the secalin library.
  • IFN ⁇ ELISpot responses to tTG-treated Pepset library peptides were above background levels in 27/46 donors after wheat challenge, in 12/21 after barley challenge and 8/19 after rye challenge.
  • the inventors adapted an expectation maximization (EM) approach used for analysis of microarray data (Beissbarth et al. (2005). All individual donor datasets were analysed by the EM algorithm to derive the variables ⁇ and p to describe the IFN ⁇ ELISpot response to each 20mer.
  • the variable ⁇ describes the relative strength of the ELISpot response
  • the variable p describes the proportion of donors responding.
  • Each first round library 20mer was fine mapped in second round libraries if the product of ⁇ p was at least 5% of the most active first round library peptide for each grain.
  • Second round libraries were designed by reducing selected 20mers to 9 overlapping 12mers. If any 12mer incorporated glutamine at position 7 and it conformed to the deamidation motif defined for tTG (QXPX 3 , or QXX 2 [F,Y,W,I,L,V], where X 1 and X 3 are not proline) then a 16mer was designed, whereby the 12mer with glutamine at position 7 was flanked by the native residues at positions ⁇ 1 and 13 and by glycine at positions ⁇ 2 and 14. This strategy allowed the central, potentially deamidated glutamine residue to be accommodated at anchor positions 4, 6 or 7 in any potential 9mer HLA-DQ2-peptide-binding sequence.
  • the wheat second round library consisted of 551 16mers (including 113 glutamate-substituted 16mers) that were tested using PBMC from 34 celiac disease donors after wheat challenge (including 26 responders), the barley library had eighty-nine 16mers and included 9 substituted with glutamate that were tested using PBMC from 10 celiac disease donors after barley challenge (including 8 responders), and the rye library had sixty-four 16mers and included 11 substituted with glutamate that was tested using PBMC from 11 celiac disease donors after rye challenge (including 11 responders).
  • T-cell stimulatory sequences in the second round included 32 derived from gliadins, 1 from LMW glutenins, 4 from HMW glutenins, 30 from hordeins, and 29 from secalins, 5 were common to prolamin families in two different grains and 1 was in three prolamin families in all three grains.
  • T cell stimulatory 16mers contained proline and/or glutamine.
  • Bioactivity following deamidation of second round peptides by tTG was the same as synthesising peptides with glutamate replacing glutamine residues predicted to be susceptible to tTG (data not shown).
  • the hierarchy and dominance of stimulatory peptides was strikingly different according to the grain consumed (see FIG. 8 ).
  • the stimulatory capacity of peptides sharing the sequence motif QQPFPQPEQP(F,I)P(W,L,Y,Q)(Q,S) was not specific to any grain, ⁇ -gliadin 17mer W03-E7 QP E QPFPQP E QPFPWQP (SEQ ID NO:55) was consistently the most active of this family and is the universal dominant T cell stimulatory peptide in gluten. Other peptides were dominant almost exclusively after only one grain.
  • the ⁇ -gliadin 17mer QLQPFPQPELPYPQPQP (SEQ ID NO:225; encompassing SEQ ID NO:62 (W02-E7) including DQ2- ⁇ -I (SEQ ID NO:3), and DQ2- ⁇ -II (SEQ ID NO:4)) was dominant only after wheat gluten challenge, the hordein 16mer B08-E7 PQQPIPEQPQPYPQQP (SEQ ID NO:318; encompassing SEQ ID NO:127 (B06-E7)) only after barley gluten challenge, and the secalin sequence QPFPQQPEQIIPQQQ (SEQ ID NO:323; encompassing SEQ ID NO:190 (R11-E7)) only after rye gluten challenge.
  • peptides including the motif QPFP(W,L,Y,V,I)QPEQPFPQ elicited relatively stronger responses after barley or rye than wheat gluten challenge.
  • the “grain specificity” of dominant T-cell stimulatory peptides provided a functional definition for redundancy of T cell recognition that compliments the traditional approach to determination of cross-reactivity based on T cell clones.
  • T cell clones were raised from intestinal biopsies or PBMC from celiac disease donors to dominant deamidated peptides.
  • the cytokine profiles of T-cell clones were Th1 or Th0, and all were HLA-DQ2 restricted.
  • Minimal core sequences were determined using lysine scans of the parent peptide.
  • T cell clones raised against NPL001 were specific for DQ2- ⁇ -I (SEQ ID NO:3) or DQ2- ⁇ -II (SEQ ID NO:4), and against NPL002 (SEQ ID NO:229) were specific for DQ2- ⁇ -I PFPQPEQPF (SEQ ID NO:10) or DQ2- ⁇ -II PQPEQPFPW (SEQ ID NO:15).
  • Single T cell clones raised against NPL003 were specific for DQ2-Hor-I PIPEQPQPY (SEQ ID NO:17), and the fully deamidated variant of SEQ ID NO:189, pyroEQPFPEQPEQIIPQQP-amide (SEQ ID NO:226; NPL004) (core 9mer not determined, DQ2-SEC-I).
  • One further clone raised against deamidated gliadin was specific for W11-E7 QAFPQPEQTFPH (SEQ ID NO:74) (9mer core not determined).
  • each of the clones were screened against the second round tTG-treated gliadin/glutenin, hordein, and secalin libraries and also a further Verification 18mer library (see Table 3) encompassing all unique 10mers encoded by T. aestivum gliadins, H. vulgare hordeins and S. cereale secalins in their wild-type sequence and with in silico deamidation (glutamate replacing glutamine according to the tTG deamidation motif). There was little cross-reactivity of clones for dominant stimulatory peptides, but substantial redundancy of peptide recognition for many of sub-dominant gluten peptides.
  • DQ2- ⁇ -I SEQ ID NO:3
  • DQ2- ⁇ -II SEQ ID NO:4
  • DQ2- ⁇ -I SEQ ID NO:10
  • DQ2- ⁇ -II SEQ ID NO:15
  • DQ2-Hor-I SEQ ID NO:17
  • DQ2-Sec-I SEQ ID NO:2236
  • W02-E7, W03-E7, B08-E2E7, and R11-E4E7 SEQ ID NOs:62, 55, 319, 322 respectively
  • IFN ⁇ ELISpot assay using PBMC collected from HLA-DQ2 + celiac disease donors after gluten challenge with muffins made from an equal mixture of wheat, barley and rye flour was used to compare the relative frequency of T cells specific for W02-E7, W03-E7, B08-E2E7, and R11-E4E7 (SEQ ID NOs:62, 55, 319, 322 respectively), together with an atypical rare dominant gliadin peptide W36 (SEQ ID NO:116) and an oat avenin homologue of Av-9A QYQPYPEQEQPILQQ (SEQ ID NO:323; see FIG. 9A ).
  • peptides were synthesised as acetate salts of “capped” N-pyroglutamate, C-amide: NPL001 (SEQ ID NO:228), NPL002 (SEQ ID NO:229) and NPL003 (SEQ ID NO:230) 15mers or 16mers with glutamate at sites predicted to be deamidated by tTG.
  • capping extended the half-lives of peptides from 10-12 minutes for free peptides: NPL033, NPL038, and NPL034 (SEQ ID NOs:13, 320 and 321) after bolus intradermal injection of 0.9 mg in 0.1 ml in an adult rat to 26-28 minutes with N-pyroglutamate and C-amidation (SEQ ID NOs:228, 229 and 230) or 19-24 minutes with N-acetylation and C-amidation (SEQ ID NOs:231, 232, and 233), (see Table 4). Bioavailability, as measured by area under the curve analysis, was also substantially increased by as much as thirty-four times with addition of N-pyroglutamate or N-acetyl, and C-amidation capping.
  • the inventors findings support the notion that peptides encompassing epitopes present in NPL001 (SEQ ID NO:228), NPL002 (SEQ ID NO:229) and NPL003 (SEQ ID NO:230), are dominant, non-redundant, and consistently contribute a substantial proportion of the T-cell stimulatory activity of gluten. These 3 peptides or the epitopes within them are therefore likely to be critical to the design of a peptide-based therapeutic vaccine or in functional diagnostics that are consistently applicable to HLA-DQ2-associated celiac disease.
  • NPL001 (SEQ ID NO:228) could be substituted with a single peptide, for example, including the sequence LPYPQPELPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:60; W01-E7) recognised by T cell clones specific for DQ2- ⁇ -I (SEQ ID NO:3), and also T cell clones DQ2- ⁇ -II (SEQ ID NO:4).
  • NPL001 (SEQ ID NO:228) could be substituted for two separate peptides, one recognised by T cell clones specific for DQ2- ⁇ -I (SEQ ID NO:3), and the other recognised by T cell clones specific for DQ2- ⁇ -II (SEQ ID NO:4).
  • the same principle could be applied to NPL002 (SEQ ID NO:229) and NPL003 (SEQ ID NO:230). This may be advantageous to improve formulation and stability.
  • peptide-based therapeutic vaccine to induce clinical tolerance to gluten and remission of celiac disease while consuming gluten is not known.
  • an essential property of any peptide-based therapeutic would be its ability to activate cognate T cells in the target organ in vivo.
  • NPL001 SEQ ID NO:2278
  • cognate T cells in vivo has been modelled by developing transgenic Black-6 mice expressing functional HLA-DR3 and -DQ2 (but not murine MHC Class II molecules) on antigen presenting cells (APC) who are transferred 3 ⁇ 10 6 CFSE labelled CD4 + T cells specific for NPL001 (Chen Z., et al., 2006).
  • the donor mouse (HH8-1) is transgenic for the NPL001-specific T cell receptor and human CD4 expressed on T cells, and also expresses HLA-DR3 DQ2 on APC. Overall 96% of the CD4 + T cells in the HH8-1 mouse are clonal and specific for NPL001 (results not shown).
  • T cells specific for NPL001 shows dose dependent proliferation of T cells specific for NPL001 is observed following subcutaneous administration of between 0.9 and 30 ⁇ g, half-maximal response is achieved with 5 ⁇ g. No clinical toxicity is observed with these or doses as high as 900 ⁇ g, despite the T cells having a Th1 phenotype and secreting IFN ⁇ upon stimulation with NPL001.
  • This mouse model has the potential to allow the demonstration of (i) proof-of-principle, (ii) mechanism of action and (iii) optimisation of dose regime for the induction of tolerance following administration of NexVax2 therapeutic vaccine (an equimolar mixture of NPL001, NPL002 and NPL003 in saline).
  • NexVax2 therapeutic vaccine an equimolar mixture of NPL001, NPL002 and NPL003 in saline.
  • the inventors have demonstrated that a single dose of NexVax2, or the relevant peptide component NPL001, is bioactive in vivo.
  • Administration of NPL001 induces proliferation of HH8-1 gliadin-specific T cells in an adoptive transfer model at the highest dose to be administered in Phase 1b human clinical trials.
  • the dose response for the activation of transgenic NPL001-specific T cells was subsequently determined. Based on this preliminary data, the ability of NexVax2 therapeutic vaccine to modulate gliadin-specific T cell responses and
  • the objective of the study was to determine whether repeat administration of the therapeutic vaccine, NexVax2, using a regime designed to induce immunological tolerance is capable of modulating the gliadin-specific T cell response in a gliadin-specific TCR-Tg mouse model.
  • the intradermal/subcutaneous route of administration was selected as this is the intended route of administration in man.
  • the dosage was selected to cover the dose-response range that resulted in stimulation of all glaidin-specific T cells in the adoptive transfer model (10 ⁇ g) to low dose (0.3 ⁇ g) that did not result in proliferation of CFSE-labelled gliadin-specific TCR-Tg T cells in the previous study (Nexpep3).
  • peptides were GMP grade.
  • the formulations were prepared by Nexpep Pty Ltd, and the concentration of peptide was adjusted for purity.
  • NexVax2 consists of 3 peptides (NPL001, NPL002 and NPL003) each at 6 mg/ml in saline.
  • the stated dose is the quantity of each peptide in NexVax2, not the total peptide concentration (i.e., 10 ⁇ g NexVax2 contains 10 ⁇ g NPL001, 10 ⁇ g NPL002 and 10 ⁇ g NPL003).
  • NPL001 was provided at 6 mg/ml in saline.
  • Peptides were stored at ⁇ 80° C. prior to injection.
  • mice Fourteen female HH8-1 and 4 hCD4.IAE ⁇ / ⁇ .DR3.DQ2 transgenic mice on the C57BL/6 background were used. All mice were bred at the University of Melbourne, Department of Microbiology and Immunology Animal Facility. Mice were raised on a gluten-free diet (SF07-036) supplied by Specialty Feeds Pty Ltd, Perth Western Australia. Each animal was numbered by ear-punching according to the Animal Facility protocol which identified it individually within the study and which corresponded to that animal's number. The animals were housed individually or in groups of up to 4 mice in cages with stainless steel grid tops and solid bottoms. Wood shavings were used as bedding, and tissues supplied for nesting material.
  • Each cage was supplied with a water bottle containing acidified water and food hopper containing gluten-free mouse food.
  • the room was maintained between 21° C. and 24° C.
  • the range for relative humidity was 37-58%.
  • a 12 hour light/dark cycle was in operation (light hours 0700-1900) with a minimum of 15 air changes per hour.
  • mice were monitored daily for swelling or irritation at the injection site, symptoms of adverse systemic response (hunched or ruffled appearance, lethargy, shivering, moribund). The onset, intensity and duration of any signs were recorded.
  • a blood sample was collected from the retro-orbital sinus prior to administration of peptide and by cardiac puncture following CO 2 euthanasia at the completion of the experiment. Blood was stored at 4° C. overnight, the clot removed and serum collected following centrifugation. Sera were stored at ⁇ 80° C. for future analysis if required.
  • mice were killed by CO 2 euthanasia 3 days after the final administration of peptide and the spleens were collected.
  • Single cell suspensions were prepared by sieving through 70 ⁇ m nylon mesh cell strainers. Red blood cells were removed from spleens by Tris ammonium chloride lysis.
  • CD4 + T cells were isolated by negative depletion using the CD4 + T cell isolation kit (Miltenyi Biotech) according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • Gliadin-specific T cells were enriched from the spleens of 4 na ⁇ ve HH8-1 mice using the same protocol.
  • APC were prepared from the spleens of three hCD4.IAE ⁇ / ⁇ .DR3-DQ2 transgenic mice.
  • Single cell suspensions were prepared as above. Splenocytes were gamma irradiated (2,200 rads) before use as APC.
  • Gliadin-specific CD4 + T cells were identified by staining with TCR V ⁇ 8.3 and human CD4, and surface stained with anti-CD25 and anti-GITR monoclonal antibodies.
  • Intracellular FoxP3 expression was determined using a FoxP3 staining kit (eBiosciences) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Samples were fixed in FACS fixative (1% paraformaldehyde, 2% glucose in PBS) and analysed by flow cytometry on the LSR II (BD Bioscience). IFN ⁇ and IL-10 producing T cells were identified by intracellular cytokine staining following stimulation with PMA/Ionomycin.
  • splenoctyes from treated mice were cultured for 6 hours in complete DMEM (DMEM supplemented with 10% heat inactivated foetal calf serum, 2 mM glutamine, non-essential amino acids, 50 ⁇ M 2-mercaptoethanol, penicillin and streptomycin) and 5 ⁇ g/ml Brefeldin A with or without 50 ng/ml PMA and 500 ng/ml Ionomycin.
  • Cells were then stained for the surface molecules (TCR V ⁇ 8.3 and human CD4), washed then fixed with 1% paraformaldehyde/30 minutes, washed twice and then incubated with anti-IFN ⁇ or anti-IL-10 antibody diluted in PBS containing 0.2% Saponin. Samples were analysed by flow cytometry on the LSR II (BD Bioscience) gating on TCR V ⁇ 8.3+, human CD4 + lymphocytes.
  • Samples were tested for the presence of mouse IL-2, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-10, IL-12p70, TNF ⁇ and IFN ⁇ by cytometric bead array flexset (CBA, BD Bioscience) according to the manufacturers' instructions. Samples were analysed by flow cytometry on the FACS Canto (BD Biosciences), and data analysed using FCAP Array software (BD Bioscience).
  • 2 ⁇ 10 4 purified CD4 T cells from NexVax2-treated HH8-1 mice were cultured with irradiated syngeneic spleen cells (2,200 rads, 3 ⁇ 10 5 /well) in triplicate assays in the presence of 0, 0.02, 0.2, 2 or 10 ⁇ g/ml NPL001 peptide.
  • 2 ⁇ 10 4 na ⁇ ve HH8-1 CD4 T cells were cultured with an equal number (1:1) of CD4 + T cells from NexVax2-treated mice, titrated NPL001 peptide and irradiated syngeneic spleen cells (2,200 rads, 3 ⁇ 10 5 /well) in triplicate assays.
  • na ⁇ ve responders were cultured with CD4 + T cells from NexVax2-treated mice at responder:suppresssor ratios of 1:1, 3:1 and 9:1 in the presence of sub-optimal concentration of NPL001 peptide (0.2 ⁇ g/ml) and APC.
  • T cell proliferation was measured by the addition of 1 ⁇ Ci 3 H-thymidine for the last 24 hours of the 96 hour cultures. Results are recorded as counts per minute (cpm), with the mean of each triplicate plotted and error bars representing the standard deviation.
  • mice were monitored daily for any apparent adverse response following treatment. There were no unscheduled deaths during the observation period. There were no systemic adverse signs noted in any animal during the observation period. All mice remained apparently healthy, with no observable decline in activity or appearance. No local inflammation at the site of injection was observed in the mice immunised with peptide in saline or saline alone.
  • Peptide immunotherapy has been associated with the induction of peripheral tolerance mediated by the induction of thymically derived or de novo generated CD4 + CD25 + FoxP3 + regulatory T (Treg) cells. Additionally, such induction is associated with generation of IL-10 secreting peptide induced Treg cells.
  • the effect of repeat administration of NexVax2 on the number and phenotype of splenic gliadin-specific T cells was determined. Gliadin-specific T cells in the spleen were identified by TCR V ⁇ 8.3 and CD4 expression. The proportion of gliadin-specific T cells in the lymphocyte gate and the total number per spleen was determined. See FIG.
  • HH8-1 gliadin-specific TCR transgenic mice were injected subcutaneously daily for 14 days with the indicated amount of NexVax2. Spleens were harvested 3 days after the final injection, processed and stained with antibodies to identify transgenic T cells (V ⁇ 8.3 and hCD4). The total number of transgenic T cells was calculated from the total cell spleen cell counts. Dots indicate individual mice.
  • FIG. 12 shows repeat administration of NexVax2 leads to the induction of Treg cells.
  • HH8-1 gliadin-specific TCR transgenic mice were injected subcutaneously daily for 14 days with the indicated amount of NexVax2. Spleens were harvested 3 days after the final injection, processed and stained with antibodies to TCR V ⁇ 8.3, CD4, CD25, FoxP3 and GITR.
  • GITR Glucocorticoid-Induced TNF Receptor
  • FIG. 13 shows repeat administration of NexVax2 results in an increase in the proportion of IFN ⁇ and IL-10 producing cells directly ex vivo.
  • HH8-1 mice received daily subcutaneous. administration of 10, 3, 1, or 0.3 ⁇ g NexVax2 in saline or saline alone for 14 days, or a single administration of 10 ⁇ g NexVax2 on day-14.
  • mice were killed and the proportion of splenic TCR V ⁇ 8.3/hCD4 + cells expressing IFN ⁇ (A) or IL-10 (B) was determined by intracellular cytokine staining and flow cytometry following a 6 hour incubation in the presence or absence of PMA/Ionomycin. Dots represent individual mice and the dotted line indicates the proportion of cytokine positive cells in na ⁇ ve HH8-1 mice.
  • the proliferative capacity of gliadin-specific T cells following repeat administration of NexVax2 was examined in order to determine whether these cells have an anergic phenotype. Failure to proliferate in vitro is a feature of both CD25 + /FoxP3 + Treg cells and IL-10 producing peptide-induced Treg cells. This reduction in the ability to proliferate is reversible by the addition of IL-2 to cultures.
  • FIG. 14 shows the proliferative capacity of gliadin-specific T cells to cognate antigen is diminished following repeat administration of NexVax2 and restored in the presence of IL-2.
  • HH8-1 mice received daily subcutaneous administration of 10, 3, 1, or 0.3 ⁇ g NexVax2 in saline or saline alone for 14 days, or a single administration of 10 ⁇ g NexVax2 on day-14.
  • mice were killed and CD4 + T cells purified and cultured with NPL001 peptide and irradiated APCs in the presence or absence of 10 U/ml IL-2. After 72 hours, wells were pulsed with 1 ⁇ Ci 3H-Thymidine for 24 hours and plates were harvested and counted.
  • the reduction in proliferation was dose dependent, and even the lowest dose administered (0.3 ⁇ g) resulted in a 20-37% reduction in proliferation at sub-optimal peptide concentrations.
  • the observed failure to proliferate could be a result of an anergic phenotype, where the T cells themselves have become less sensitive to antigen stimulation, or due to the presence of a Treg population.
  • the ability of treatment with NexVax2 to generate a Treg population capable of suppressing the proliferative response of na ⁇ ve gliadin-specific T cells to NPL001 peptide in in vitro culture was assessed.
  • FIG. 15 shows T cells from mice treated with NexVax2 are able to suppress the proliferation of na ⁇ ve gliadin-specific T cells.
  • HH8-1 mice received daily subcutaneous. administration of 10, 3, 1, or 0.3 ⁇ g NexVax2 in saline or saline alone for 14 days, or a single administration of 10 ⁇ g NexVax2 on day-14.
  • purified CD4 + T cells from treated mice were co-cultured with T cells untreated HH8-1 mice (responders), NPL001 peptide and irradiated APC. After 72 hours, wells were pulsed with 1 ⁇ Ci 3H-Thymidine for 24 hours and plates were harvested and counted.
  • FIG. 15 shows T cells from mice treated with NexVax2 are able to suppress the proliferation of na ⁇ ve gliadin-specific T cells.
  • HH8-1 mice received daily subcutaneous. administration of 10, 3, 1, or 0.3 ⁇ g NexVax2 in saline or s
  • T cells from 10 ⁇ g NexVax2 ⁇ 14-treated mice (left panel) or saline-treated mice (right panel) were co-cultured with an equal number of naive HH8-1 CD4 + T cells and titrated NPL001 peptide.
  • FIG. 15B a constant number of na ⁇ ve HH8-1 T cells (2 ⁇ 104) were co-cultured with titrated numbers of NexVax2-treated T cells (2 ⁇ 10000, 6.6 ⁇ 1000, 2.2 ⁇ 1000) and 0.2 ⁇ g/ml NPL001.
  • the average inhibition of na ⁇ ve responder proliferation was calculated from the 2 mice in each treatment group. Error bars represent standard deviation of triplicate cultures.
  • Purified T cells from NexVax2 treated mice were co-cultured with na ⁇ ve HH8-1 gliadin-specific T cells at a 1:1 ratio in the presence of a titrated dose of NPL001 (see FIG. 15A ) or at responder:suppresssor ratio of 1:1, 3:1 or 9:1 in the presence of 0.2 ⁇ g/ml NPL001 (see FIG. 15B ). Suppression of responder cell proliferation was observed following treatment with the repeat administration of 10 ⁇ g or 3 ⁇ g NexVax2 and at responder:suppresssor ratio of 1:1 over a range of stimulatory peptide concentrations. This result indicates the presence of a regulatory population.
  • Immune modulation can alter the cytokine profile of responder cells. For example, intranasal administration of peptide has been shown to generate IL-10 secreting peptide-induced Treg cells.
  • the profile of cytokine production by CD4 + T cells from gliadin-specific TCR transgenic mice that had been treated with repeat administration of graded amounts of NexVax2 was examined following in vitro culture in the presence or absence of 2 ⁇ g/ml NPL001 and irradiated syngeneic APC.
  • FIG. 16 shows in vitro cytokine production.
  • CD4 + T cells were purified from the spleen of HH8-1 mice that received daily subcutaneous administration of 10, 3, 1, or 0.3 ⁇ g NexVax2 in saline or saline alone for 14 days, or a single administration of 10 ⁇ g NexVax2 on day-14.
  • 3 ⁇ 104 CD4 T cells were cultured in the presence of 2 ⁇ g of NPL001 ( ⁇ ) or without peptide ( ⁇ ) and 3 ⁇ 100000 gamma-irradiated APC. Supernatant were harvested at 72 hours and tested by cytometric bead array for the production of Th1 cytokines (IL-2, IFN ⁇ , IL-12, TNF ⁇ ), and Th2 cytokines (IL-4, IL-5 IL-6 and IL-10). Results show the average cytokine production of the two mice in the treatment groups. No IL-12, IL-4 or IL-5 was detected in the supernatants of the cultures.
  • This experiment was designed to determine whether repeat administration of the therapeutic vaccine NexVax2, using a regime designed to induce immunological tolerance, is capable of modulating the gliadin-specific T cell response in a gliadin-specific T cell receptor-transgenic mouse model.
  • NexVax2 was administered via subcutaneous injection of peptide in saline over 14 consecutive days. This treatment resulted firstly in an apparent reduction in the number of gliadin-specific T cells in the spleen. The remaining T cells showed a reduction in their proliferative response to their cognate antigen, which was reversed in the presence of IL-2 suggesting an “anergic” phenotype or the presence of a Treg population.
  • This reduced proliferative response was accompanied by a reduction in the amount of Th1 cytokines produced in culture, and by an increase in IL-10 production.
  • An increase in gliadin-specific IL-10 producing cells was also observed directly ex-vivo along with an increase in the total number and the proportion of FoxP3 + , GITR + Treg cells.
  • T cells from treated mice were capable of suppressing the proliferative response of na ⁇ ve gliadin-specific T cells responding to NPL001 peptide.
  • the NexVax2 vaccine was prepared in GMP form for administration to human patients with celiac disease.
  • Celiac disease patients were required to attend nine outpatient visits. This included three 8 hour visits to receive intradermal injections of NexVax2 (over 3 weeks) and three 6 hour visits to undergo a standard gluten challenge.
  • NexVax2 for injection contained an equimolar (0.159 mole per 100 ⁇ l, approx. 3 mg/ml) mixture of each of NPL001, NPL002 and NPL003 in a 0.9% normal saline sterile solution supplied by Nexpep Pty Ltd
  • Cohort 1 comprising 2 sentinels, 1 dosed with 9 ⁇ g NexVax2 by intradermal injection and 1 dosed with placebo and a further 6 subjects, 5 dosed with 9 g NexVax2 and 1 dosed with placebo on days 1, 8 and 15.
  • Cohort 2 as per Cohort 1 but subjects dosed with 30 g NexVax2
  • Cohort 3 as per Cohort 1 but subjects dosed with 90 g NexVax2
  • Cohort 4 as per Cohort 1 but subjects dosed with 60 g NexVax2
  • Demographics will be tabulated and summarised. Physical examination (including height and weight) at baseline and follow up and medical/surgical history data at baseline will be listed. All clinical safety and tolerability data will be listed for each subject.
  • Treatment-emergent adverse events will be listed and summarised. All adverse events reported in this study will be coded using MedDRA.
  • the inventors consider that a single treatment of NexVax2 will increase the frequency of NexVax2-specific T cells in PBMC and will increase secretion of cytokines and chemokines by mononuclear cells.
  • PBMC drawn after repeated (3 weekly) injection of NexVax2 will have a lower frequency of NexVax2-specific T cells than prior to treatment.
  • the inventors consider that compared to placebo-treated celiac disease volunteers, repeated (3 weekly) injection of NexVax2 will reduce the frequency of T cells specific for NexVax2 and cytokine secretion stimulated by NexVax2 in PBMC collected 6 days after commencing 3-day oral gluten challenge with wheat bread.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Mycology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Botany (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Food Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)

Abstract

The invention provides agents and vaccines for treating and diagnosing celiac disease. In particular, the present invention provides a combination of three peptides that are useful for treating and diagnosing celiac disease in a large proportion of patients.

Description

    RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 16/010,596, filed Jun. 18, 2018, pending, which is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 15/260,990, filed Sep. 9, 2016, abandoned, which is a divisional of U.S. application Ser. No. 14/459,060, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,464,120, issued Oct. 11, 2016, which is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 13/131,787, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,835,603, issued Sep. 16, 2014, which is a national stage filing under 35 U.S.C. § 371 of International Application No. PCT/AU2009/001556, filed Nov. 30, 2009, and which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/118,643, filed Nov. 30, 2008, the entire contents of each of which are incorporated by reference herein.
    • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to compositions and methods for treatment of a subject who is sensitive to gluten, in particular a subject who has celiac disease, and diagnosis thereof and assays and kits for use therein.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Celiac disease, also known as coeliac disease or celiac sprue (coeliac sprue), affects approximately 1% of people in Europe and North America. In many of those affected, celiac disease is unrecognised, but this clinical oversight is now being rectified with greater clinical awareness. A gluten free diet is the only current treatment for celiac disease, and because regular ingestion of as little as 50 mg of gluten (equivalent to 1/100th of a standard slice of bread) damages the small intestine, chronic inflammation of the small bowel is commonplace in subjects on a gluten free diet. Persistent inflammation of the small intestine has been shown to increase the risk of cancer, osteoporosis and death. As gluten is so widely used, for example, in commercial soups, sauces, ice-creams, etc., maintaining a gluten free diet is difficult.
  • Celiac disease occurs in genetically susceptible individuals who possess either HLA-DQ2 encoded by HLA-DQA1*05 and HLA-DQB1*02 (accounting for about 90% of individuals), variants of HLA-DQ2, or HLA-DQ8. Such individuals mount an inappropriate HLA-DQ2- and/or DQ8-restricted CD4+ T cell-mediated immune response to peptides derived from the aqueous-insoluble proteins of wheat flour, gluten, and related proteins in rye and barley.
  • All gluten proteins are considered toxic in celiac disease. In 2006, the NCBI public database Genbank included 345 entries for gluten proteins from bread-making wheat (Triticum aestivum), barley (Hordein vulgare) and rye (Secale cerale).
  • Predictive approaches have catalogued several hundred distinct putatively “toxic” gluten peptides based upon searches for homologues of known epitopes of intestinal T cell clones, or for gluten sequences predicted or proven to bind to HLA-DQ2 in vitro, having the motif favouring deamidation by tissue transglutaminase (tTG), and/or sequences resistant to proteolysis.
  • Authoritative reviews report there being fifty or so “immunodominant” T cell epitopes in gluten relevant to celiac disease. However, T cells raised against hordein or barley have not yet been studied, and HLA-DQ2-restricted T cell epitopes derived from high molecular weight (HMW) glutenin are yet to be defined.
  • Despite the large number of gluten peptides incriminated in celiac disease, the protease-resistant α-gliadin 33mer LQLQPFPQPQLPYPQPQLPYPQPQLPYPQPQPF (SEQ ID NO:1; α2-gliadin 56-88) deamidated by tTG: LQLQPFPQPELPYPQPELPYPQPELPYPQPQPF (SEQ ID NO:2) is widely regarded as the optimal stimulatory peptide (for intestinal T cell lines raised against protease-digested gluten) in HLA-DQ2 associated celiac disease. The underlining of Q residues in SEQ ID NO:1, and throughout this disclosure, indicates a glutamine residue amenable to deamidation catalysed by tTG or consistent with the amino-acid motif that predicts susceptibility to deamidation by tTG, i.e., Q-->E.
  • This α-gliadin 33mer (SEQ ID NO:1; a2-gliadin 56-88) was recovered from a digestate of the recombinant α2-gliadin, it incorporates multiple overlapping epitopes previously identified using intestinal T cell clones and lines, and also fresh peripheral blood T cells from HLA-DQ2+ donors affected by celiac disease after in vivo gluten challenge. These epitopes include DQ2-α-I: PFPQPELPY (SEQ ID NO:3); DQ2-α-II: PQPELPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:4); and DQ2-α-III: PYPQPELPY (SEQ ID NO:5). Indeed, in vivo gluten challenge in HLA-DQ2+ celiac disease patients induces peripheral blood CD4+ T cells that are specific for a single 11mer sequence in the α-gliadin protein sequence, p60-70 PFPQPQLPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:6), that is optimally bioactive when flanked by three further residues at both the N- and C-terminal, α-gliadin p57-73 QLQPFPQPQLPYPQPQS (SEQ ID NO:7) and deamidated by tTG or Q65 substituted for glutamate, α-gliadin p57-73 QE65 QLQPFPQPELPYPQPQS (SEQ ID NO:8) that includes DQ2-α-I (SEQ ID NO:3) and DQ2-α-II (SEQ ID NO:4). However, there are hundreds of wheat, rye and barley gluten proteins, and the DQ2-α-I, DQ2-α-II, and DQ2-α-III epito pes together typically account for no more than half the toxic T cell stimulatory properties of gluten in HLA-DQ2+ celiac disease. Additional epitopes of relevance to celiac disease are disclosed in WO 01/25793, WO 03/104273 and WO 05/105129.
  • Although T cells have not been raised against barley hordein or rye secalin, proteins closely related to wheat gluten, the toxicity of barley and rye is ascribed to T cells specific for epitopes in wheat gluten, especially DQ2-α-I (SEQ ID NO:3) or DQ2-α-II (SEQ ID NO:4), that are cross-reactive with related hordein and secalin sequences deamidated by tTG, in particular PFPQPQQPF (SEQ ID NO:9) deamidated to Hα9/Sα9 PFPQPEQPF (SEQ ID NO:10; DQ2-ω-I) or PQPQQPFPQ (SEQ ID NO:11) deamidated to Hα2/Sα2 PQPEQPFPQ (SEQ ID NO:12), respectively.
  • Amongst authorities in the field, there is disagreement regarding the dominance, hierarchy, and redundancy of particular peptides in inducing T-cell stimulation in celiac disease.
  • Understanding the consistency and relative contribution of particular peptides to the T cell stimulatory capacity of gluten has application. Provided they consistently account for a substantial proportion of the T cell response to gluten, dominant T cell stimulatory peptides might alone or collectively enable the development of antigen-specific therapeutics and diagnostics.
  • In principle, antigen-specific therapy is an attractive strategy to treat autoimmune and allergic diseases. Whole protein-based approaches to desensitisation are effective for human allergic conditions and also treatment and prevention of autoimmunity and allograft rejection in experimental animal models. However, wider application of protein-based antigen-specific therapy has been limited by the small but recognised risk of anaphylaxis and because relevant antigens may not be suitable as pharmaceuticals or are simply not understood in sufficient detail to permit pharmaceutical development.
  • The risk of anaphylaxis can be minimised and problems of formulation overcome using short linear, aqueous soluble peptides, encompassing sequences from the disease-relevant antigen recognised by pathogenic CD4+ T cells. Peptide-based therapeutic vaccines are effective in inbred mouse models of autoimmunity and allograft rejection in which relevant immunodominant epitopes and their cognate CD4+ T cells are defined. However, even for strongly HLA-associated human immune diseases, identification of pathogenic CD4+ T cell epitopes with sufficient confidence to support rational drug design and pharmaceutical development has been very limited.
  • In many cases, this uncertainty is due to the fact that reported T cell responses in patients are at the limits of detection, usually depend upon in vitro expansion which may be primary or recall T cell responses, and can often also be found in healthy HLA matched individuals. These technical challenges have resulted in the compromise that peptide selection for therapeutic vaccines tends to be based upon in vitro binding affinity for disease-relevant HLA molecules, rather than their unequivocal definition as epitopes for immunodominant pathogenic T cells. A further consequence is that peptide-based compounds designed in this manner tend to encompass an expended cocktail of peptides. It might be expected that the larger the cocktail, the greater the likelihood of difficulties in formulation, stability and adverse effects, but also the more likely that T cells specific for peptides in the cocktail consistently make a substantial contribution to the pathogenic T cell response in patients.
  • Given the large number of toxic gluten peptides, the inventors have sought to identify an optimal non-redundant set of immunodominant peptides from which a minimal mixture could be selected for use in a peptide-based immunotherapy capable of modulating the immune response of an individual to gluten. The inventors have sought to identify immunodominant peptides useful in the treatment of celiac disease by specifically modifying the pathogenic T cell response to gluten and to therefore provide a vaccine effective against celiac disease. The same peptide mixture is also useful in diagnosis and monitoring immunomodulatory therapeutics in celiac disease.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present inventors have identified three dominant T cell stimulatory peptides which together can be used as an agent in an immunotherapy or vaccine to modulate the T cell response to three or more gluten peptides and to provide tolerance to gluten, allowing treatment of celiac disease. Accordingly, in one aspect the present invention provides an agent comprising
  • i) a first peptide comprising the amino acid sequence LQPFPQPELPYPQPQ (SEQ ID NO:13), or a biologically active fragment or variant thereof,
  • ii) a second peptide comprising the amino acid sequence QPFPQPEQPFPWQP (SEQ ID NO:14), or a biologically active fragment or variant thereof, and
  • iii) a third peptide comprising the amino acid sequence PEQPIPEQPQPYPQQ (SEQ ID NO:16), or a biologically active fragment or variant thereof.
  • SEQ ID NO:13 (LQPFPQPELPYPQPQ) encompasses two overlapping epitopes, PFPQPELPY (SEQ ID NO:3) and PQPELPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:4), SEQ ID NO:14 (QPFPQPEQPFPWQP) encompasses two overlapping epitopes, PFPQPEQPF (SEQ ID NO:10) and PQPEQPFPW (SEQ ID NO:15; DQ2-ω-II), and SEQ ID NO:16 PEQPIPEQPQPYPQQ encompasses the epitope PIPEQPQPY (SEQ ID NO:17; DQ2-Hor-I) and also the predicted epitope EQPIPEQPQ (SEQ ID NO:18) interchangeable with QQPIPEQPQ (SEQ ID NO:19).
  • In an embodiment, the first, second and/or third peptides comprise an N terminal acetyl group or pyroglutamate group and/or a C terminal amide group. More preferably, the first, second and/or third peptides comprise an N terminal pyroglutamate group and a C terminal amide group.
  • In a further embodiment, the first, second and/or third peptides are conjugated to a compound. Examples of suitable compounds include, but are not limited to, an adjuvant, and an MHC molecule or binding fragment thereof.
  • In a preferred embodiment, each peptide is provided as a separate molecule. However, in an alternate embodiment, two or three of the first, second and third peptides, or biologically active fragment or variant of one or more thereof, are on a single polypeptide chain.
  • In a further embodiment, the agent comprises one or more additional peptides comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs:47, 48, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 89, 90, 91, 92, 95, 102, 103, 104, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 136, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 177, 178, 179, 180, 183, 184, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 209, 210, or a biologically active fragment or variant of any one or more thereof.
  • The additional peptides allow for a wider effective treatment group and greater breadth of treatment or diagnosis. Particularly, the use of additional peptides can increase the likelihood that the agent can abolish inflammation or damage in response to gluten ingestion and allow a celiac disease subject to have a normal diet. Additionally, when the agent is used as a diagnostic, it is advantageous to have more targets and this is achieved by providing more peptides that might be in their deamidated or wild-type form from the list SEQ ID NOs:47, 48, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 89, 90, 91, 92, 95, 102, 103, 104, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 136, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 177, 178, 179, 180, 183, 184, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 209, 210.
  • In another aspect, the present invention provides an agent comprising one or more polynucleotides encoding
  • i) a first peptide comprising the amino acid sequence LQPFPQPELPYPQPQ (SEQ ID NO:13), or a biologically active fragment or variant thereof,
  • ii) a second peptide comprising the amino acid sequence QPFPQPEQPFPWQP (SEQ ID NO:14), or a biologically active fragment or variant thereof,
  • iii) a third peptide comprising the amino acid sequence PEQPIPEQPQPYPQQ (SEQ ID NO:16), or a biologically active fragment or variant thereof, and
  • iv) optionally one or more additional peptides comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:47, 48, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 89, 90, 91, 92, 95, 102, 103, 104, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 136, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 177, 178, 179, 180, 183, 184, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 209, 210, or a biologically active fragment or variant of any one or more thereof.
  • The one or more peptides, or biologically active fragments or variants thereof, may be encoded by one or more polynucleotides. Thus, at least some of the one or more peptides, or biologically active fragments or variants thereof, may be transcribed and translated from a single polynucleotide as a single polypeptide chain.
  • The agent may also be a mixture of peptides and polynucleotides. Thus, in a further aspect the present invention provides an agent comprising
  • i) a first peptide as defined herein or a polynucleotide therefor,
  • ii) a second peptide as defined herein or a polynucleotide therefor, and
  • iii) a third peptide as defined herein or a polynucleotide therefor. As the skilled person would appreciate, one or more of the peptides may be a biologically active fragment or variant of the defined peptide sequence.
  • In another aspect, the present invention provides a substantially purified and/or recombinant peptide comprising, more preferably consisting of, an amino acid sequence as shown in any one or more of SEQ ID NO:16, 69, 73, 75, 78, 80, 87, 91, 92, 95, 96, 98, 100, 104, 107, 113, 116, 117, 123, 138, 144, 147, 149, 153, 155, 156, 159, 161, 163, 165, 179, 181, 185, 187, 189, 195, 196, 198, 202, 204, 205, 207, 209, 215, or 223, or a biologically active fragment or variant of any one further or more thereof. In a preferred embodiment of this aspect, the peptide is 19 amino acids or less in length.
  • In a further preferred embodiment of the above aspect, the peptide comprises the amino acid sequence PEQPIPEQPQPYPQQ (SEQ ID NO:16), or a biologically active fragment or variant thereof.
  • In a further aspect, provided is an isolated and/or exogenous polynucleotide encoding at least one peptide of the invention.
  • In a further aspect, provided is a vaccine comprising an agent of the invention, a peptide of the invention, and/or a polynucleotide of the invention, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • In an embodiment, the vaccine comprises an adjuvant.
  • In another aspect, provided is an isolated antigen presenting cell comprising an agent of the invention, a peptide of the invention, and/or a polynucleotide of the invention. Examples of antigen presenting cell useful for the invention include, but are not limited to, a dendritic cell, macrophage, B-lymphocyte or a liver sinusoidal endothelial cell. In a preferred embodiment, the antigen presenting cell is a dendritic cell.
  • In an aspect, provided is a method of modulating a T cell response to a gluten peptide in a subject who is sensitive to gluten, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the agent of the invention, the peptide of the invention, the polynucleotide of the invention, the vaccine of the invention, and/or the antigen presenting cell of the invention.
  • In another aspect, provided is a method of inducing immune tolerance to a gluten peptide in a subject who is sensitive to gluten, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the agent of the invention, the peptide of the invention, the polynucleotide of the invention, the vaccine of the invention, and/or the antigen presenting cell of the invention.
  • In a further aspect, provided is a method of treating celiac disease, the method comprising administering to a subject who is sensitive to gluten an effective amount of the agent of the invention, the peptide of the invention, the polynucleotide of the invention, the vaccine of the invention, and/or the antigen presenting cell of the invention.
  • In yet a further aspect, provided is a method of modifying cytokine secretion in a subject who is sensitive to gluten, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the agent of the invention, the peptide of the invention, the polynucleotide of the invention, the vaccine of the invention, and/or the antigen presenting cell of the invention.
  • In one embodiment, interleukin-2 (IL-2), interferon gamma (IFNγ) and/or tumour necrosis factor alpha (TNFα) secretion is reduced. In another embodiment, interleukin-10 (IL-10) secretion is increased.
  • Also provided is the use of the agent of the invention, the peptide of the invention, the polynucleotide of the invention, the vaccine of the invention, and/or the antigen presenting cell of the invention of the invention for the manufacture of a medicament for modulating a T cell response, inducing immune tolerance, treating celiac disease, and/or modifying cytokine secretion, in a subject who is sensitive to gluten.
  • In a further aspect, the present invention provides a method for diagnosing celiac disease in a subject, the method comprising contacting a sample from the subject with the agent of the invention, the peptide of the invention and/or the vaccine of the invention and determining in vitro whether one or more of the peptides defined herein bind T cells in the sample, wherein the binding of one or more of the peptides to T cells indicates that the subject has, or is susceptible to, celiac disease.
  • Also provided is the use of the above diagnostic method to monitor progression of celiac disease and/or to determine the efficacy of a method involving administering to the subject who is sensitive to gluten an effective amount of the agent of the invention, the peptide of the invention, the polynucleotide of the vaccine of the invention and/or the antigen presenting cell of the invention.
  • In another aspect, the present invention provides a kit for carrying out the above diagnostic method, the kit comprising the agent of the invention, the peptide of the invention and/or the vaccine of the invention, and means to detect binding of one or more of the peptides to T cells. The kit may also include instructions for use. The kit may also comprise means for detecting recognition of the agent by T cells.
  • In a further aspect, the present invention provides a method for producing the antigen presenting cell of the invention, the method comprising
  • i) obtaining an antigen presenting cell, and
  • ii) contacting the cell in vitro with the agent of the invention, the peptide of the invention, the polynucleotide of the invention, and/or the vaccine of the invention.
  • Also provided is the use of the agent of the invention, the peptide of the invention, the polynucleotide of the invention, the vaccine of the invention, and/or the antigen presenting cell of the invention in diagnosis or therapy.
  • In another aspect, the present invention provides a method of making a vaccine of the invention, the method comprising combining the first, second and third peptides, and optionally one or more additional peptides selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs:47, 48, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 89, 90, 91, 92, 95, 102, 103, 104, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 136, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 177, 178, 179, 180, 183, 184, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 209, 210, or a biologically active fragment or variant of any one or more thereof, with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and optionally an adjuvant.
  • In another aspect, the present invention provides a method of determining whether a composition or food is capable of causing celiac disease, the method comprising detecting the presence of the agent of the invention, the peptide of the invention and/or the polynucleotide of the invention in the composition or a food sample.
  • In a further aspect, the present invention provides a method of identifying a protease that can cleave a peptide as defined herein, the method comprising contacting the peptide with a protease under conditions to effect specific cleavage of the peptide to produce a proteolytic product and detecting the proteolytic product produced.
  • In another aspect, provided is a method for improving the half life and/or bioavailability of a peptide when administered to a subject, the method comprising modifying the N terminus of the peptide to include an N terminal acetyl or pyroglutamate and modifying the C terminus of the peptide to include a C terminal amide.
  • In an embodiment, the peptide is for administering to a subject to induce immune tolerance.
  • As will be apparent, preferred features and characteristics of one aspect of the invention are applicable to many other aspects of the invention.
  • Throughout this specification the word “comprise”, or variations such as “comprises” or “comprising”, will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated element, integer or step, or group of elements, integers or steps, but not the exclusion of any other element, integer or step, or group of elements, integers or steps.
  • The invention is hereinafter described by way of the following non-limiting Examples and with reference to the accompanying figures.
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1: shows the relative frequencies of gluten peptide-specific T cells detected by IFNγ ELISpot in PBMC collected on day-6 after HLA-DQ2+ celiac disease donors commence wheat to polymorphisms of α-gliadin 57-73 and α-gliadin 57-73 QE65 (SEQ ID NOs:7 and 8, respectively). 1-14 are represented by SEQ ID NOs:325, 326, 327, 328, 329, 330, 521, 331, 332, 333, 25, 334, 335, and 336, respectively.
  • FIG. 2: shows IFNγ ELISpot responses of peripheral blood T cells to a variety of T cell epitopes (SEQ ID NOs:350, 351, 352, 353, 354, 44, 355, 356, 357, and 358, respectively).
  • FIG. 3: shows the frequencies of gluten peptide-specific T cells detected by IFNγ ELISpot in PBMC collected on Day-6 after HLA-DQ2+ celiac disease donors commence wheat, rye or barley challenge reveals a clear hierarchy of responses. The 17merQ is SEQ ID NO:326.
  • FIG. 4: shows T cells in blood after wheat challenge responded to a highly consistent hierarchy of gluten peptides. The sequences correspond to SEQ ID NOs:360, 361, 361, 363, 364, 365, 367, 366, 368, and 369 from top to bottom, respectively.
  • FIGS. 5A-5C: show fine-mapping of the immunodominant ω-gliadin peptide, PQQPQQPQQPFPQPQQPFPWQP (SEQ ID NO:52).
  • FIGS. 6A and 6B: show clear hierarchy of peptides in the Comprehensive peptide libraries.
  • FIGS. 7A-C: show the sequences of peptides verified as T-cell stimulatory peptides, their hierarchy, dominance and recognition by T-cell clones raised against the most active peptides after wheat, barley or rye gluten challenge. The 2nd round core sequences in FIG. 7A correspond from top to bottom to SEQ ID NOs:370-406. The 2nd round core sequences in FIG. 7B correspond from top to bottom to SEQ ID NOs:407-436. The 2nd round core sequences in FIG. 7C correspond from top to bottom to SEQ ID NOs:437-465. PFPQPQQPF is SEQ ID NO:9; PFPQPEQPF is SEQ ID NO:10; PQPQQPFPQ is SEQ ID NO:11; PQPEQPFPW is SEQ ID NO:15; PIPEQPQPY is SEQ ID NO:17; QQPQQPFPQ is SEQ ID NO:50; PQPELPYPQ is SEQ ID NO:246; PFPQPELPY is SEQ ID NO:248; PFPQPQQPI is SEQ ID NO:487; PQPQQPIPV SEQ ID NO:488; PFPQPQLPF is SEQ ID NO:489; PQPQLPFPQ is SEQ ID NO:490; PQQQFPQPQ is SEQ ID NO:491; PFPQPQQPQ is SEQ ID NO:492; QQPQQPFPL is SEQ ID NO:493; QQTFPQQPQ is SEQ ID NO:494; PFPQQPQQPF is SEQ ID NO:495; PFPQPQQTF is SEQ ID NO:496; PFPQQPQQQ is SEQ ID NO:497; QFPQPQQPF is SEQ ID NO:498; PQPFPQQPI is SEQ ID NO:499; PFPQQPIPQ is SEQ ID NO:500; QQPIPQQPQ is SEQ ID NO:501; QQPFPQQPF is SEQ ID NO:502; PFPQQPFPQ is SEQ ID NO:503; PFPQQPQPY is SEQ ID NO:504; PQPYPQQPQ is SEQ ID NO:505; PYPQQPQPY is SEQ ID NO:506; QQPFPQQPI is SEQ ID NO:507; PQPQQPIPQ is SEQ ID NO:508; PFPQPQQPT is SEQ ID NO:509; PQPQQPTPI is SEQ ID NO: 510; IQPQQPFPQ is SEQ ID NO:511; PFPQQPQQI is SEQ ID NO:512; PQPQQQLPL is SEQ ID NO:513; PYPQQPFPQ is SEQ ID NO:514; QQPYPQQPF is SEQ ID NO:515; PFPQPQLPY is SEQ ID NO:516; PQPQLPYPQ is SEQ ID NO: 517; QQPFPQQPQ is SEQ ID NO:518.
  • FIG. 8: shows the hierarchy of T-cell stimulatory peptides differs according to the whether celiac disease donors undergo wheat, barley or rye challenge. The sequences correspond to SEQ ID NOs:466-486 from top to bottom, respectively.
  • FIGS. 9A-9D: show that certain mixes of dominant T-cell stimulatory gluten peptides activate substantially larger numbers of T cells in blood collected after in vivo challenge with gluten-containing grains.
  • FIG. 10: shows the combination of NPL001 (SEQ ID NO:228), NPL002 (SEQ ID NO:229), and NPL003 (SEQ ID NO:230)(NexVax2) activates T cells specific for NPL001 (SEQ ID NO:228), in the gut (mesenteric lymph nodes, MLN) as well as spleen and local draining popliteal lymph nodes (PLN) following subcutaneous administration to the hind-leg. The proliferation of NPL001-specific T cells is very similar at the three anatomic sites despite the peptides being delivered to the hind-leg. Proliferation of T cells is dose dependent.
  • FIGS. 11A and 11B: show repeat administration of NexVax2 (SEQ ID NOs:228, 229 and 230) leads to the reduction in the proportion (FIG. 11A) and number (FIG. 11B) of gliadin-specific CD4+ T cells in the spleen.
  • FIGS. 12A and 12B: show repeat administration of NexVax2 leads to the induction of Treg cells.
  • FIGS. 13A and 13B: show repeat administration of NexVax2 (SEQ ID NOs:228, 229 and 230) results in an increase in the proportion of IFNγ and IL-10 producing cells directly ex-vivo.
  • FIGS. 14A and 14B: show the proliferative capacity of gliadin-specific T cells to cognate antigen is diminished following repeat administration of NexVax2 (SEQ ID NOs:228, 229 and 230) and restored in the presence of IL-2.
  • FIGS. 15A and 15B: show T cells from mice treated with NexVax2 (SEQ ID NOs:228, 229 and 230) are able to suppress the proliferation of naïve gliadin-specific T cells.
  • FIG. 16: shows in vitro cytokine production.
  • FIGS. 17A and 17B: schedule for dosing, meals and blood collection of vaccination protocol.
    •  DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION General Techniques and Definitions
  • Unless specifically defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein shall be taken to have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art (e.g., in cell culture, molecular genetics, immunology, immunohistochemistry, protein chemistry, and biochemistry).
  • Unless otherwise indicated, the recombinant protein, cell culture, and immunological techniques utilized in the present invention are standard procedures, well known to those skilled in the art. Such techniques are described and explained throughout the literature in sources such as, J. Perbal, A Practical Guide to Molecular Cloning, John Wiley and Sons (1984); J. Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbour Laboratory Press (1989); T. A. Brown (editor), Essential Molecular Biology: A Practical Approach, Volumes 1 and 2, IRL Press (1991); D. M. Glover and B. D. Hames (editors), DNA Cloning: A Practical Approach, Volumes 1-4, IRL Press (1995 and 1996); F. M. Ausubel et al. (editors), Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Pub. Associates and Wiley-Interscience (1988, including all updates until present); Ed Harlow and David Lane (editors) Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbour Laboratory, (1988); and J. E. Coligan et al. (editors), Current Protocols in Immunology, John Wiley & Sons (including all updates until present).
  • As used in the subject specification, the singular forms “a”, “an” and “the” include plural aspects unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to “a peptide” includes a single peptide, as well as two or more peptides and so forth. Furthermore, an antigen presenting cell is usually provided as a population of such cells.
  • The term “celiac disease” refers to a chronic inflammatory disease of the small intestine. The disease encompasses a spectrum of conditions characterised by varying degrees of gluten sensitivity, including a severe form characterised by a flat small intestinal mucosa (hyperplastic villous atrophy) and other forms characterised by milder symptoms including fatigue, chronic diarrhoea, malabsorption of nutrients, weight loss, abdominal distension, anaemia as well as a substantially enhanced risk for the development of osteoporosis and intestinal malignancies (lymphoma and carcinoma).
  • The term “sensitive to gluten” refers to the state in which any one or more of the symptoms of celiac disease or an inappropriate T cell response are exhibited by a subject exposed to gluten, or peptide fragment thereof. In a subject who is not sensitive to gluten, there is little or no T cell response caused by ingestion of gluten. By contrast, in a subject sensitive to gluten there is an inappropriate CD4+ T cell mediated immune response to peptides derived from gluten after ingestion thereof.
  • The terms “immune tolerance”, “immunological tolerance”, “tolerance” or “desensitise” are here defined as to make a sensitised or hypersensitive subject, less sensitive, insensitive or nonreactive to gluten by reducing the immunological reactivity of a subject towards gluten. Immune tolerance may be generated, for example, by exposure of mucosal surfaces to tolerance-inducing antigenic fragments of gluten as defined herein. Mucosal administration of both high- and low-dose antigen may result in immune tolerance, in which the immune response to subsequent systemic administration of antigen is reduced. At least two mechanisms of immune tolerance may exist. Tolerance to high-doses of an antigen appears to occur by inactivation or clonal deletion of Th1 and Th2 cells. In contrast, tolerance to low doses of antigen leads to bystander immune suppression mediated by stimulation of Treg cells to produce suppressive cytokines such as interleukin-4 (IL-4), interleukin-10 (IL-10) and TGFβ.
  • The term “inducing immune tolerance” as used herein refers to bringing about, producing, or causing immune tolerance to gluten in a subject sensitive to gluten.
  • The term “hypersensitive” is here defined as abnormally susceptible physiologically to gluten.
  • The term “anergy” refers to a state of reversible unresponsiveness or hyporesponsiveness of a T cell (or B cell) to an antigen.
  • As used herein, “Treg” refers to a subclass of T cells whose major role is to bring T cell-mediated immunity during an immune reaction to an end, and to suppress auto-reactive T cells that escaped negative selection in the thymus. A “Treg response”, as used herein, is characterised by the differentiation and proliferation of the population of CD4+ or CD8+ Treg cells which express the forkhead family transcription factor FOXP3 (forkhead box p3) and/or the MHC Class II associated protein LAG-3, and/or express high levels of the IL-2 receptor alpha chain (CD25). There is also a minor population of MHC Class I-restricted CD8+ FOXP3-expressing Treg cells. The presence of Treg cells in the peripheral circulation or spleen may be determined by analysis of CD4+/CD25+ expression. This may conveniently be achieved using flow cytometry. In addition, Treg cells may be quantified by determining levels of FOXP3 mRNA in peripheral blood- or spleen-derived mononuclear cells by quantitative reverse transcriptase polymerase chain reaction (PCR). In addition, the induction of a Treg response in vivo may be assessed by the measurement of Treg-associated cytokines from peripheral blood- or lymph node-derived mononuclear lymphocytes. Treg cells typically show higher expression levels of the anti-inflammatory cytokines such as IL-10 and TGFβ and the presence of these mediators may be determined by methods known in the art, such as flow cytometry, immunohistochemical staining or ELISA.
  • The term “T cell stimulatory peptide” or “stimulatory peptide” refers to a peptide or epitope capable of activating a T cell.
  • The term “activate” or “activating” or “activation” in relation to a T cell refers to the presentation by an MHC molecule on one cell of an epitope to an appropriate T cell receptor on a second (T) cell, together with binding of a co-stimulatory molecule by the T cell, thereby eliciting a “T cell response”.
  • As used herein, “toxic peptide” refers to a peptide that stimulates T cell activation in a subject.
  • The term “expansion” as used herein refers to the proliferation and amplification of a T cell population following T cell activation.
  • The term “immunodominant” refers to a subunit of a peptide (epitope) that is most easily recognised by the immune system and thus most influences the specificity of an induced immune response, such as a T cell response. “Immunodominant” may be used interchangeably with “dominant” herein.
  • As used herein, the term “modulating a T cell response” refers to regulating or adjusting a T cell response in a subject sensitive to gluten, such that the T cell response to gluten is reduced orlessened.
  • As used herein, “modifying cytokine secretion” refers to changing or altering somewhat the secretion of cytokines by a subject sensitive to gluten, such that the effects of gluten sensitivity in the subject are reduced or lessened. The term encompasses both increased secretion of a particular cytokine or combination of cytokines and decreased secretion of a particular cytokine or combination of cytokines.
  • As used herein, “epitope” refers to that portion of an antigen or a peptide that is recognised by the immune system, for example, a T cell receptor or the major histocompatibility complex (MHC) class I or class II, an antibody, a B cell receptor, which portion is sufficient for high affinity binding. Generally, a linear epitope for recognition will be at least about 7 amino acids in length, and may be 8 amino acids, 9 amino acids, 10 amino acids, or more.
  • The term “polyepitope” refers to the presence of two or more epitopes (peptides) linked in a single polypeptide chain.
  • As used herein, “antigen” and “immunogen” and variations thereof are generally used interchangeably and refer to the epitope-containing structure recognised by the immune system.
  • The term “glutenorgluten protein” encompasses alpha (α), beta (β), gamma (γ) and omega (ω) gliadins, and low and high molecular weight (LMW and HMW) glutenins in wheat, B, C and D hordeins in barley, β, γ and ω secalins in rye, and optionally avenins in oats. “Gluten peptides” are peptides derived from, or encompassed within, one or more of the gluten proteins.
  • The term “gliadin” refers to the aqueous alcohol-soluble fraction of gluten, particularly, but not exclusively, gluten derived from wheat, for example Triticum aestivum.
  • The term “glutenin” refers to the aqueous alcohol-insoluble fraction of gluten, particularly but not exclusively, gluten derived from wheat, for example Triticum aestivum.
  • As used herein, “hordein” or “barley hordein” refers to gluten derived from barley, Hordein vulgare.
  • As used herein, “secalin” or “rye secalin” refers to gluten derived from rye, Secale cerale.
  • As used herein, “avedin” or “oat avedin” refers to gluten derived from oats, Avena sativa.
  • Tissue “transglutaminase” is a crucial factor in celiac disease because it promotes gluten-specific T cell responses. Tissue transglutaminase causes selective deamidation of gluten, which in turn, causes the generation of a series of gluten peptides that bind to HLA-DQ2 or -DQ8 molecules with high affinity. The resulting HLA-DQ2 (DQ8)-gluten peptide interaction triggers the proinflammatory CD4 T cell response. Thus, the term “deamidation” refers to the conversion of glutamine to glutamic acid, or to the conversion of asparagine to aspartic acid. As used herein, deamidation refers particularly to the conversion of glutamine to glutamic acid in gluten, a process that increases the propensity of gluten peptides to activate T cells.
  • The terms “human leukocyte antigen” and “HLA” are here defined as a genetic fingerprint on human white blood cells and platelets, composed of proteins that play a critical role in activating the body's immune system to respond to foreign organisms. In humans and other animals, the HLA is also referred to as the “major histocompatibility complex” (MHC).
  • As used herein, the term “agent” refers to a collection of peptides and/or polynucleotides. The peptides and/or polynucleotides may be in the same composition (such as a vaccine), in different compositions or a combination thereof (for example, the first and second peptide defined herein in one composition, and the third in a separate composition). If in different compositions, they will preferably be in close proximity, such as in a kit. Accordingly, the methods of the invention contemplate providing (for example administering to a subject) the individual component peptides and/or polynucleotides of an agent of the invention in a single composition (vaccine), or sequentially in different compositions or a combination thereof.
  • The term “subject” includes inter alia an individual, patient, target, host or recipient regardless of whether the subject is a human or non-human animal including mammalian species and also avian species. The term “subject”, therefore, includes a human, non-human primate (for example, gorilla, marmoset, African Green Monkey), livestock animal (for example, sheep, cow, pig, horse, donkey, goat), laboratory test animal (for example, rat, mouse, rabbit, guinea pig, hamster), companion animal (for example, dog, cat), captive wild animal (for example, fox, deer, game animals) and avian species including poultry birds (for example, chickens, ducks, geese, turkeys). The preferred subject, however, is a human, more preferably a human who is HLA-DQ2+.
    • Peptides
  • The terms “peptide”, “polypeptide”, and “protein” can generally be used interchangeably and encompass biologically active fragments, variants including homologues, and salts. However, the term “peptide” is typically used to refer to relatively short molecules comprising less than 50, more preferably less than 25, amino acids.
  • The overall length of each peptide defined herein may be, for example, 7 to 50 amino acids, such as 7, 8, 9 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 amino acids. It is contemplated that shorter peptides may prove useful, particularly those that are 20 or fewer amino acids in length, in therapeutics to reduce the likelihood of anaphylaxis but longer peptides with multiple epitopes are likely to be as effective as multiple short peptides in functional T cell-based diagnostics in vitro.
  • As used herein, a “biologically active fragment” consists of fewer amino acids than that of the reference peptide defined, for example, by the sequence of SEQ ID NOs:13, 14 or 16. Preferably, biologically active fragments are capable of generating a substantially equal or greater T cell response in a subject sensitive to gluten as the peptide from which it is derived. In another embodiment, biologically active fragments are capable of generating at least 50%, more preferably at least 75% of the T cell response in a subject sensitive to gluten as the peptide from which it is derived. In an embodiment, biologically active fragments are 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8 and no less than 7 amino acids in length. Deletions and/or additions at either end of any of the peptides are particularly contemplated.
  • Examples of biologically active fragments of the peptide provided as SEQ ID NO:13 are those which include PELP (SEQ ID NO:234), which has been found to be essential for T cell recognition.
  • Accordingly suitable 7mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:13 include, but are not limited to:
  • QPELPYP (SEQ ID NO:235); PELPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:236); PQPELPY (SEQ ID NO:237) and FPQPELP (SEQ ID NO:238).
  • Suitable 8mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:13 include, but are not limited to:
  • PELPYPQP (SEQ ID NO:239); QPELPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:240); PQPELPYP (SEQ ID NO:241); FPQPELPY (SEQ ID NO:242) and PFPQPELP (SEQ ID NO:243).
  • Suitable 9mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:13 include, but are not limited to:
  • PELPYPQPQ (SEQ ID NO:244); QPELPYPQP (SEQ ID NO:245); PQPELPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:246); FPQPELPYP (SEQ ID NO:247); PFPQPELPY (SEQ ID NO:248) and QPFPQPELP (SEQ ID NO:249).
  • Suitable 10mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:13 include, but are not limited to:
  • QPELPYPQPQ (SEQ ID NO:250); PQPELPYPQP (SEQ ID NO:251); PQPELPYPQP (SEQ ID NO:252); FPQPELPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:253); PFPQPELPYP (SEQ ID NO:254); QPFPQPELPY (SEQ ID NO:255) and LQPFPQPELP (SEQ ID NO:256).
  • Suitable 11mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:13 include, but are not limited to:
  • PQPELPYPQPQ (SEQ ID NO:257); FPQPELPYPQP (SEQ ID NO:258); PFPQPELPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:259); QPFPQPELPYP (SEQ ID NO:260) and LQPFPQPELPY (SEQ ID NO:261).
  • Suitable 12mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:13 include, but are not limited to:
  • FPQPELPYPQPQ (SEQ ID NO:262); PFPQPELPYPQP (SEQ ID NO:263); QPFPQPELPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:264) and LQPFPQPELPYP (SEQ ID NO:265).
  • Suitable 13mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:13 include, but are not limited to:
  • PFPQPELPYPQPQ (SEQ ID NO:266); QPFPQPELPYPQP (SEQ ID NO:267) and LQPFPQPELPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:268).
  • Suitable 14mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:13 include, but are not limited to:
  • QPFPQPELPYPQPQ (SEQ ID NO:269) and LQPFPQPELPYPQP (SEQ ID NO:270).
  • Examples of biologically active fragments of the peptide provided as SEQ ID NO:14 are those which include QPEQPF (SEQ ID NO:317), which has been found to be essential for T cell recognition.
  • Suitable 7mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:14 include, but are not limited to:
  • QPEQPFP (SEQ ID NO:271) and PQPEQPF (SEQ ID NO:272).
  • Suitable 8mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:14 include, but are not limited to:
  • QPEQPFPW (SEQ ID NO:273); PQPEQPFP (SEQ ID NO:274) and FPQPEQPF (SEQ ID NO: 275).
  • Suitable 9mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:14 include, but are not limited to:
  • QPEQPFPWQ (SEQ IDNO: 276); PQPEQPFPW (SEQ ID NO:277); FPQPEQPFP (SEQ ID NO: 278) and PFPQPEQPF (SEQ ID NO: 279).
  • Suitable 10mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:14 include, but are not limited to:
  • QPEQPFPWQP (SEQ ID NO:280); PQPEQPFPWQ (SEQ ID NO:281); FPQPEQPFPW (SEQ ID NO:282); PFPQPEQPFP (SEQ ID NO:283) and QPFPQPEQPF (SEQ ID NO:284).
  • Suitable 11mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:14 include, but are not limited to:
  • PQPEQPFPWQP (SEQ ID NO:285); FPQPEQPFPWQ (SEQ ID NO:286); PFPQPEQPFPW (SEQ ID NO:287) and QPFPQPEQPFP (SEQ ID NO:288).
  • Suitable 12mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:14 include, but are not limited to:
  • FPQPEQPFPWQP (SEQ ID NO:289); PFPQPEQPFPWQ (SEQ ID NO:290) and QPFPQPEQPFPW (SEQ ID NO:291).
  • Suitable 13mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:14 include, but are not limited to:
  • PFPQPEQPFPWQP (SEQ ID NO:292) and QPFPQPEQPFPWQ (SEQ ID NO:293).
  • Examples of biologically active fragments of the peptide provided as SEQ ID NO:16 are those which include PIPEQPQ (SEQ ID NO:294), which is expected to be essential for T cell recognition.
  • Suitable 8mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:16 include, but are not limited to:
  • PIPEQPQP (SEQ ID NO:295) and QPIPEQPQ (SEQ ID NO:296).
  • Suitable 9mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:16 include, but are not limited to:
  • PIPEQPQPY (SEQ ID NO:297); QPIPEQPQP (SEQ ID NO:298) and EQPIPEQPQ (SEQ ID NO:299).
  • Suitable 10mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:16 include, but are not limited to:
  • PIPEQPQPYP (SEQ ID NO:300); QPIPEQPQPY (SEQ ID NO:301); EQPIPEQPQP (SEQ ID NO:302) and PEQPIPEQPQ (SEQ ID NO:303).
  • Suitable 11mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:16 include, but are not limited to:
  • PIPEQPQPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:304); QPIPEQPQPYP (SEQ ID NO:305); EQPIPEQPQPY (SEQ ID NO:306) and PEQPIPEQPQP (SEQ ID NO:307).
  • Suitable 12mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:16 include, but are not limited to:
  • PIPEQPQPYPQQ (SEQ ID NO:308); QPIPEQPQPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:309); EQPIPEQPQPYP (SEQ ID NO:310) and PEQPIPEQPQPY (SEQ ID NO:311).
  • Suitable 13mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:16 include, but are not limited to:
  • QPIPEQPQPYPQQ (SEQ ID NO:312); EQPIPEQPQPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:313) and PEQPIPEQPQPYP (SEQ ID NO:314).
  • Suitable 14mer fragments of SEQ ID NO:16 include, but are not limited to:
  • EQPIPEQPQPYPQQ (SEQ ID NO:315) and PEQPIPEQPQPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:316).
  • In one embodiment, the agent or vaccine comprises more than one biologically active peptide fragment of the peptide of SEQ ID NO:13, 14 and/or 16. For example, the peptide of SEQ ID NO:13 could be substituted for two separate peptides, one recognised by T cells specific for DQ2-α-I (SEQ ID NO:3) and the other recognised by T cells specific for DQ2-α-II (SEQ ID NO:4).
  • It has been determined that within the PELP fragment of SEQ ID NO:13 essential for T cell recognition, the E must be present or may optionally be a D. No other substitution allows for T cell recognition. Accordingly, any variant or fragment of SEQ ID NO:13 must comprise the region PELP or PDLP.
  • Biologically active variants include peptides which vary by one or more amino acids from the defined peptide, which are also known in the art as homologues. For example, a variant can comprise one or more amino acid substitutions in any one or more of the peptides. As used herein, “substituted” or “substitution” includes substitution, replacement, addition, insertion, omission and/or deletion (as such variants may also be fragments) of an amino acid residue(s). In particular, this refers to peptides having conservative substitution without losing, or significantly diminishing, their use in the methods of the invention. Preferably, biologically active variants are capable of generating a substantially equal or greater T cell response in a subject sensitive to gluten as the peptide from which it is derived. In another embodiment, biologically active variants are capable of generating at least 50%, more preferably at least 75% of the T cell response in a subject sensitive to gluten as the peptide from which it is derived.
  • Biologically active variants of the peptides may be identified by modifying the sequence of each peptide and then assaying the resulting peptide for the ability to stimulate an immune response, for example, production of T cells.
  • In an embodiment, no more than 5, more preferably no more than 4, more preferably no more than 3, more preferably no more than 2, and even more preferably only 1 amino acid in a defined peptide is varied (by substitution, deletion or addition), when compared to a peptide sequence defined herein.
  • In an alternate embodiment, the percentage identity between a particular sequence (variant) and a reference sequence (peptide defined herein) is at least about 60% or at least about 70% or at least about 80% or at least about 90% or at least about 95% or above such as at least about 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or greater. Percentage identity can be determined using readily available software packages, such as BLAST ([[www.]]ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/) and GAP.
  • In one embodiment, the second peptide comprises the amino acid sequence PQQPFPQPEQPFPWQP (SEQ ID NO:320), or a biologically active fragment or variant thereof.
  • In another embodiment, the third peptide comprises the amino acid sequence FPEQPIPEQPQPYPQQ (SEQ ID NO:321), or a biologically active fragment or variant thereof.
  • Natural amino acids include alanine (A), arginine (R), asparagine (N), aspartic acid (D), cysteine (C), glutamine (Q), glutamic acid (E), glycine (G), histidine (H), isoleucine (I), leucine (L), lysine (K), methionine (M), phenylalanine (F), proline (P), serine (S), threonine (T), tryptophan (W), tyrosine (Y), valine (V), hydroxyproline (O and/or Hyp), isodityrosine (IDT), and di-isodityrosine (di-IDT). Hydroxyproline, isodityrosine, and di-isodityrosine are formed post-translationally. Use of natural amino acids, in particular the 20 genetically encoded amino acids, is particularly contemplated.
  • Substitutions may be conservative amino acid substitutions, in which the substituted amino acid has similar structural or chemical properties with the corresponding amino acid in the reference sequence. Alternatively, the substitutions may be non-conservative amino acid substitutions as long as the desired activity is maintained.
  • By way of example, conservative amino acid substitutions involve substitution of one aliphatic or hydrophobic amino acids, for example, alanine, valine, leucine and isoleucine, with another; substitution of one hydroxyl-containing amino acid, for example, serine and threonine, with another; substitution of one acidic residue, for example, glutamic acid or aspartic acid, with another; replacement of one amide-containing residue, for example, asparagine and glutamine, with another; replacement of one aromatic residue, for example, phenylalanine and tyrosine, with another; replacement of one basic residue, for example, lysine, arginine and histidine, with another; and replacement of one small amino acid, for example, alanine, serine, threonine, methionine, and glycine, with another.
  • Such conservative substitutions are shown in Table 1 under the heading of preferred substitutions. If such substitutions do not result in a change in functional activity, then more substantial changes, denoted exemplary substitutions in Table 1, may be introduced, and the resulting variant analysed for functional activity.
  • TABLE 1
    Amino acid substitutions.
    Original Exemplary Preferred
    Residue Substitutions Substitution
    Ala (A) Val; Leu; Ile Val
    Arg (R) Lys; Gln; Asn Lys
    Asn (N) Gln; His; Lys; Arg Gln
    Asp (D) Glu Glu
    Cys (C) Ser Ser
    Gln (Q) Asn Asn
    Glu (E) Asp Asp
    Gly(G) Pro Pro
    His (H) Asn; Gln; Lys; Arg Arg
    Ile (I) Leu; Val; Met; Ala; Phe; norleucine Leu
    Leu (L) norleucine; Ile; Val; Met; Ala; Phe Ile
    Lys (K) Arg; Gln; Asn Arg
    Met (M) Leu; Phe; Ile Leu
    Phe (F) Leu; Val; Ile; Ala Leu
    Pro (P) Gly Gly
    Ser(S) Thr Thr
    Thr (T) Ser Ser
    Trp (W) Tyr Tyr
    Tyr (Y) Trp; Phe; Thr; Ser Phe
    Val (V) Leu, Ile, Met; Phe; Ala; norleucine Leu
  • Peptide variants may be produced by mutagenesis or other chemical methods. Alanine scanning is a useful technique for identifying important amino acids. In this technique, an amino acid residue is replaced by Ala and its effect on the peptide's activity is determined. For example, cysteine residues may be substituted to minimise dimerisation via disulfide linkages. Each of the amino acid residues of the peptide is analysed in this manner to determine the important regions of the peptide. Means for preparing such peptides are well understood in the art.
  • In addition to naturally occurring amino acids, non-naturally occurring amino acids, or modified amino acids, are also contemplated and within the scope of the invention. In fact, as used herein, “amino acid” refers to naturally occurring amino acids, non-naturally occurring amino acids, and amino acid analogues, and to the D or L stereoisomers of each.
  • A non-limiting list of non-conventional and/or non-natural amino acids which may be used as suitable substitutions for the naturally occurring amino acids and their standard abbreviations is set out in Table 2.
  • TABLE 2
    Non-conventional amino acids.
    α-aminobutyric acid Abu
    α-amino-α-methylbutyrate Mgabu
    α-methylaminoisobutyrate Maib
    α-methyl-γ-aminobutyrate Mgabu
    α-methylcyclohexylalanine Mchexa
    α-methylcyclopentylalanine Mcpen
    α-methyl-α-naphthylalanine Manap
    α-methylpenicillamine Mpen
    α-naphthylalanine Anap
    γ-aminobutyric acid Gabu
    aminocyclopropane-carboxylate Cpro
    aminoisobutyric acid Aib
    aminonorbornyl-carboxylate Norb
    cyclohexylalanine Chexa
    cyclopentylalanine Cpen
    D-alanine Dal
    D-arginine Darg
    D-aspartic acid Dasp
    D-cysteine Dcys
    D-glutamine Dgln
    D-glutamic acid Dglu
    D-histidine Dhis
    D-isoleucine Dile
    D-leucine Dleu
    D-lysine Dlys
    D-methionine Dmet
    D-ornithine Dorn
    D-phenylalanine Dphe
    D-proline Dpro
    D-serine Dser
    D-threonine Dthr
    D-tryptophan Dtrp
    D-tyrosine Dtyr
    D-valine Dval
    D-α-methylalanine Dmala
    D-α-methylarginine Dmarg
    D-α-methylasparagine Dmasn
    D-α-methylaspartate Dmasp
    D-α-methylcysteine Dmcys
    D-α-methylglutamine Dmgln
    D-α-methylhistidine Dmhis
    D-α-methylisoleucine Dmile
    D-α-methylleucine Dmleu
    D-α-methyllysine Dmlys
    D-α-methylmethionine Dmmet
    D-α-methylornithine Dmorn
    D-α-methylphenylalanine Dmphe
    D-α-methylproline Dmpro
    D-α-methylserine Dmser
    D-α-methylthreonine Dmthr
    D-α-methyltryptophan Dmtrp
    D-α-methyltyrosine Dmty
    D-α-methylvaline Dmval
    D-N-methylalanine Dnmala
    D-N-methylarginine Dnmarg
    D-N-methylasparagine Dnmasn
    D-N-methylaspartate Dnmasp
    D-N-methylcysteine Dnmcys
    D-N-methylglutamine Dnmgln
    D-N-methylglutamate Dnmglu
    D-N-methylhistidine Dnmhis
    D-N-methylisoleucine Dnmile
    D-N-methylleucine Dnmleu
    D-N-methyllysine Dnmlys
    D-N-methylmethionine Dnmmet
    D-N-methylornithine Dnmorn
    D-N-methylphenylalanine Dnmphe
    D-N-methylproline Dnmpro
    D-N-methylserine Dnmser
    D-N-methylthreonine Dnmthr
    D-N-methyltryptophan Dnmtrp
    D-N-methyltyrosine Dnmtyr
    D-N-methylvaline Dnmval
    L-t-butylglycine Tbug
    L-ethylglycine Etg
    L-homophenylalanine Hphe
    L-methylethylglycine Metg
    L-norleucine Nle
    L-norvaline Nva
    L-α-methylalanine Mala
    L-α-methylarginine Marg
    L-α-methylasparagine Masn
    L-α-methylaspartate Masp
    L-α-methyl-t-butyglycine Mtbug
    L-α-methylcysteine Mcys
    L-α-methylglutamate Mglu
    L-α-methylglutamine Mgln
    L-α-methylhistidine Mhis
    L-α-methylhomophenylalanine Mhphe
    L-α-methylisoleucine Mile
    L-α-methylleucine Mleu
    L-α-methyllysine Mlys
    L-α-methylmethionine Mmet
    L-α-methylnorleucine Mnle
    L-α-methylnorvaline Mnva
    L-α-methylornithine Morn
    L-α-methylphenylalanine Mphe
    L-α-methylproline Mpro
    L-α-methylserine Mser
    L-α-methylthreonine Mthr
    L-α-methyltryptophan Mtrp
    L-α-methyltyrosine Mtyr
    L-α-methylvaline Mval
    L-N-methylalanine Nmala
    L-N-methylarginine Nmarg
    L-N-methylasparagine Nmasn
    L-N-methylaspartic acid Nmasp
    L-N-methylcysteine Nmcys
    L-N-methylglutamine Nmgln
    L-N-methylglutamic acid Nmglu
    L-N-methylhistidine Nmhis
    L-N-methylisoleucine Nmile
    L-N-methylleucine mleu
    L-N-methyllysine Nmlys
    L-N-methylmethionine Nmmet
    L-N-methylnorleucine Nmnle
    L-N-methylnorvaline Nmnva
    L-N-methylornithine Nmorn
    L-N-methylphenylalanine Nmphe
    L-N-methylproline Nmpro
    L-N-methylserine Nmser
    L-N-methylthreonine Nmthr
    L-N-methyltryptophan Nmtrp
    L-N-methyltyrosine Nmtyr
    L-N-methylvaline Nmval
    L-N-methylethylglycine Nmetg
    L-N-methyl-t-butylglycine Nmtbug
    L-N-methylhomophenylalanine Nmhphe
    L-O-methylserine Omser
    L-O-methylhomoserine Omhser
    N-(4-aminobutyl)glycine Nglu
    N-(2-aminoethyl)glycine Naeg
    N-(3-aminopropyl)glycine Norn
    N-(2,2-diphenylethyl)glycine Nbhm
    N-(3,3-diphenylpropyl)glycine Nbhe
    N-(3-guanidinopropyl)glycine Narg
    N-(1-hydroxyethyl)glycine Nthr
    N-(3-indolylyethyl)glycine Nhtrp
    N-(2-carbamylethyl)glycine Ngln
    N-(2-carboxyethyl)glycine Nglu
    N-(1-methylpropyl)glycine Nile
    N-(2-methylpropyl)glycine Nleu
    N-(1-methylethyl)glycine Nval
    N-(2-methylthioethyl)glycine Nmet
    N-amino-α-methylbutyrate Nmaabu
    N-benzylglycine Nphe
    N-(carbamylmethyl)glycine Nasn
    N-(carboxymethyl)glycine Nasp
    N-cyclobutylglycine Ncbut
    N-cycloheptylglycine Nchep
    N-cyclohexylglycine Nchex
    N-cyclodecylglycine Ncdec
    N-cylcododecylglycine Ncdod
    N-cyclooctylglycine Ncoct
    N-cyclopropylglycine Ncpro
    N-cycloundecylglycine Ncund
    N-(hydroxyethyl)glycine Nser
    N-(p-hydroxyphenyl)glycine Nhtyr
    N-(imidazolylethyl)glycine Nhis
    N-methyl-γ-aminobutyrate Nmgabu
    N-methylaminoisobutyrate Nmaib
    N-methylcyclohexylalanine Nmchexa
    N-methylcyclopentylalanine Nmcpen
    N-methylglycine Nala
    N-methyl-α-naphthylalanine Nmanap
    N-methylpenicillamine Nmpen
    N-(thiomethyl)glycine Ncys
    penicillamine Pen
    N-(N-(3,3-diphenylpropyl)carbamylmethyl)glycine Nnbhe
    N-(N-(2,2-diphenylethyl)carbamylmethyl)glycine Nnbhm
    1-carboxy-1-(2,2-diphenylethylamino)cyclopropane Nmbc
  • Included within the scope of the present invention is an agent comprising a peptide that is modified during or after translation or synthesis (for example, by farnesylation, prenylation, myristoylation, glycosylation, palmitoylation, acetylation, phosphorylation (such as phosphotyrosine, phosphoserine or phosphothreonine), amidation, derivatisation by known protecting/blocking groups, proteolytic cleavage, linkage to an antibody molecule or other cellular ligand, and the like). Any of the numerous chemical modification methods known within the art may be utilised including, but not limited to, specific chemical cleavage by cyanogen bromide, trypsin, chymotrypsin, papain, V8 protease, NaBH4, acetylation, formylation, oxidation, reduction, metabolic synthesis in the presence of tunicamycin, etc.
  • The phrases “protecting group” and “blocking group” as used herein, refers to modifications to the peptide which protect it from undesirable chemical reactions, particularly in vivo. Examples of such protecting groups include esters of carboxylic acids and boronic acids, ethers of alcohols and acetals, and ketals of aldehydes and ketones. Examples of suitable groups include acyl protecting groups such as, for example, furoyl, formyl, adipyl, azelayl, suberyl, dansyl, acetyl, theyl, benzoyl, trifluoroacetyl, succinyl and methoxysuccinyl; aromatic urethane protecting groups such as, for example, benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz); aliphatic urethane protecting groups such as, for example, t-butoxycarbonyl (Boc) or 9-fluorenylmethoxy-carbonyl (FMOC); pyroglutamate and amidation. Many other modifications providing increased potency, prolonged activity, ease of purification, and/or increased half-life will be known to the person skilled in the art.
  • In one embodiment, one of more glutamate residues of one or more of the peptides may be generated by tTG activity upon a peptide. In alternate embodiment, this reaction occurs in vivo following administration.
  • The peptides may comprise one or more modifications, which may be natural post-translation modifications or artificial modifications. The modification may provide a chemical moiety (typically by substitution of a hydrogen, for example, of a C—H bond), such as an amino, acetyl, acyl, carboxy, hydroxy or halogen (for example, fluorine) group, or a carbohydrate group. Typically, the modification is present on the N- or C-terminal. Furthermore, one or more of the peptides may be PEGylated, where the PEG (polyethyleneoxy group) provides for enhanced lifetime in the blood stream. One or more of the peptides may also be combined as a fusion or chimeric protein with other proteins, or with specific binding agents that allow targeting to specific moieties on a target cell.
  • Peptide variants may be obtained in which the peptide has been chemically modified at the level of amino acid side chains, of amino acid chirality, and/or of the peptide backbone.
  • Particular changes can be made to the peptides having SEQ ID NOs:13, 14 and/or 16 to improve resistance to degradation or optimise solubility properties or otherwise improve bioavailability compared to the parent peptide, thereby providing peptides having similar or improved therapeutic, diagnostic and/or pharmacokinetic properties. A preferred such modification includes the use of an N-terminal acetyl group or pyroglutamate and/or a C terminal amide. Such modifications have been shown in Table 5 which significantly increase the half life and bioavailability of the peptides compared to the parent peptides having a free N and C terminus. Whilst N terminal acetylation and C terminal amidation are suggested in the art in relation to therapeutic peptides, the use of an N-terminal pyroglutamate in the context of inducing immune tolerance has not previously been discussed. It is anticipated that other peptides useful for inducing immune tolerance could also benefit from an N terminal acetyl or pyroglutamate and/or a C terminal amide and accordingly, in a further aspect there is provided a method for improving the half life and/or bioavailability of a peptide comprising modifying the N terminus of the peptide by the addition of an N terminal acetyl or pyroglutamate and modifying the C terminus of the peptide by the addition of a C terminal amide. In a particular embodiment, the peptide comprises the amino acid sequence provided as SEQ ID NOs:228, 229 and/or 230.
  • In one embodiment, the peptide variant of SEQ ID NO:13 has the sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 228; NPL001)
    pyroELQPFPQPELPYPQPQ-amide;
    or
    (SEQ ID NO: 231; NPL030)
    Ac-QLQPFPQPELPYPQPQ-amide.
  • In another embodiment, the peptide variant of SEQ ID NO:14 has the sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 229; NPL002)
    pyroEQPFPQPEQPFPWQP-amide;
    or
    (SEQ ID NO: 232; NPL031)
    Ac-QQPFPQPEQPFPWQP-amide.
  • In another embodiment, the peptide variant of SEQ ID NO:16 has the sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 230; NPL003)
    pyroEPEQPIPEQPQPYPQQ-amide;
    or
    (SEQ ID NO: 233; NPL032)
    Ac-FPEQPIPEQPQPYPQQ-amide.
  • The term “pyroE” indicates N-terminal pyroglutamate, and the term “Ac” indicates N-terminal acetyl.
  • In a particular embodiment, the agent or vaccine comprises NPL001, NPL002 and NPL003. Such agent or vaccine is described herein as NexVax2.
  • In another embodiment, the peptide variant of SEQ ID NO:13 has the sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 60; W01-E7)
    LPYPQPELPYPQ.
  • In another embodiment, at least one glutamine in any one of the peptides is substituted by a glutamate.
  • Certain peptides described herein may exist in particular geometric or stereoisomeric forms. The present invention contemplates all such forms, including cis- (Z) and trans- (E) isomers, R- and S-enantiomers, diastereomers, (D)-isomers, (L)-isomers, the racemic mixtures thereof, and other mixtures thereof, as, falling within the scope of the invention. Additional asymmetric carbon atoms may be present in a substituent, such as an alkyl group. All such isomers, as well as mixtures thereof, are intended to be included in this invention.
  • In another example, to prevent cleavage by peptidases, any one or more of the peptides may include a non cleavable peptide bond in place of a particularly sensitive peptide bond to provide a more stable peptide. Such non cleavable peptide bonds may include beta amino acids.
  • In certain embodiments, any one or more of the peptides may include a functional group, for example, in place of the scissile peptide bond, which facilitates inhibition of a serine-, cysteine- or aspartate-type protease, as appropriate. For example, the invention includes a peptidyl diketone or a peptidyl keto ester, a peptide haloalkylketone, a peptide sulfonyl fluoride, a peptidyl boronate, a peptide epoxide, a peptidyl diazomethane, a peptidyl phosphonate, isocoumarins, benzoxazin-4-ones, carbamates, isocyantes, isatoic anhydrides or the like. Such functional groups have been provided in other peptide molecules, and general routes for their synthesis are known.
  • A variant may be a mimetic. The term “mimetic” is intended to refer to a substance which has some chemical similarity to the molecule it mimics and retains a particular activity of interest (for example, inducing tolerance). The underlying rationale behind the use of peptide mimetics, is that the peptide backbone of proteins exists chiefly to orient amino acid side chains in such a way as to facilitate molecular interactions, such as those of T cell and MHC-peptide, antibody and antigen, enzyme and substrate or scaffolding proteins. A peptide mimetic is designed to permit molecular interactions similar to the natural molecule. Mimetics include olefins, phosphonates, aza-amino acid analogues and the like. Persons skilled in the art would readily appreciate methods for designing mimetics of peptides and would be able to utilise them to design mimetics of the peptides defined herein.
  • The peptides may be analysed by hydrophilicity analysis, which can be used to identify the hydrophobic and hydrophilic regions of the peptide, thus aiding in the design of peptides for experimental manipulation, such as in binding experiments, antibody synthesis, etc. Secondary structural analysis may also be performed to identify regions of a peptide that adopt specific structural motifs. Manipulation, translation, secondary structure prediction, hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity profiles, open reading frame prediction and plotting, and determination of sequence homologies, can be accomplished using computer software programs available in the art. Other methods of structural analysis including, but not limited to, X-ray crystallography, mass spectrometry and gas chromatography, computer modelling, optical rotary dispersion (ORD), or circular dichroism (CD) may also be used.
  • The peptides, fragments or variants may be in a salt form, preferably, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form. “A pharmaceutically acceptable salt form” includes the conventional non-toxic salts or quaternary ammonium salts of a peptide, for example, from non-toxic organic or inorganic acids. Conventional non-toxic salts include, for example, those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloride, hydrobromic, sulphuric, sulfonic, phosphoric, nitric, and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, palmitic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicyclic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isothionic, and the like.
  • The peptides can be provided in the agent or vaccine as separate peptides or linked, for example, in a polyepitope structure. In one embodiment, the peptides may be presented in a single polypeptide chain (polyepitope string), i.e., in a linear or circular arrangement. In another embodiment, the peptides can be presented in a multiple antigen presentation system, particularly based on a dendrimer backbone such as polylysine. A polylysine backbone provides a non-linear, branched arrangement of epitopes. This system provides the advantage over a polyepitope string that the peptides do not interfere with each other or be laible to cleavage into cryptic epitopes and thus are able to induce a full T cell response.
    • Conjugates
  • One or more of the peptides may be conjugated to a compound using standard methods. Examples of compounds to which the peptides can be conjugated include but are not limited to a radioisotope, a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent compound, an enzyme label, a free radical, an avidin-biotin label, a bacteriophage label, a compound that increases the half life of the peptide in a subject, an adjuvant, an MHC molecule or fragment thereof.
  • The compound may facilitate detection and/or isolation or increase immunogenicity of the conjugated peptide.
  • “Conjugated” as used herein means coupled via covalent or non-covalent bonds. While covalent bonds are preferred, the compound may also be linked to the peptide via complexation without covalent linkage, for example, via hydrogen bonds or electrostatic, hydrophobic, etc., interaction.
  • Typical radioactive isotopes include 3H, 125I, 131I, 32P, 35S, 14C, 51Cr, 36Cl, 57Co, 58Co, 59Fe, 75Se, and 152Eu.
  • Typical fluorescent labels include fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, phycoerythrin, phycocyanin, allophycocyanin, o-phthaldehyde, and fluorescamine.
  • Typical chemiluminescent compounds include luminol, isoluminol, aromatic acridinium esters, imidazoles, acridinium salts, and the oxalate esters. Typical bioluminescent compounds include luciferin, luciferase, and aequorin.
  • Typical enzyme labels include alkaline phosphatase, beta-galactosidase, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase, maleate dehydrogenase, glucose oxidase, and peroxidase.
  • In one embodiment, a non-specific linker is included between the compound and the peptide to which it is conjugated. Such a linker is not involved in peptide activity. Rather the linker may serve as a spacer between the peptide and a functional moiety. Uses for a linker include immobilization of the peptide, such as to aid purification or detection. Alternatively, a linker may allow attachment of a compound to the peptide that enables specific delivery of the peptide to a particular target, such as a cell or tissue, spatially or temporally. When used as a vaccine, one or more of the peptides may be coupled to a linker that serves as a spacer between the peptide and an immunogenic carrier, or permits improved coupling between the peptide and the immunogenic carrier and prevents the formation of cryptic epitopes.
  • In one embodiment, one or more of the peptides are covalently coupled to an adjuvant (immunogenic carrier protein), such as diphtheria toxoid (DT), keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), tetanus toxoid (TT) or the nuclear protein of influenza virus (NP), to increase their immunogenicity, using any of several conjugation chemistries known in the art. A non-specific linker can be present between the peptide and the immunogenic carrier and is preferably joined to the peptide or co-synthesised to facilitate coupling to the immunogenic carrier and/or to serve as a spacer between the peptide and the immunogenic carrier.
  • When used as a diagnostic agent, one or more of the peptides are preferably conjugated to an immunogenic carrier that was not previously used for vaccination. When monitoring the success of vaccination, this prevents the diagnostic agent from reacting to antibodies that were formed against the carrier fraction of the vaccine.
  • In one embodiment, the compound is an MHC class II molecule or peptide binding fragment thereof. The MHC class II molecule may be purified from a biological sample. Alternatively, the MHC class II molecule may be recombinantly produced. A peptide binding fragment of the MHC class II molecule can be obtained, for example, by enzymatic cleavage of the purified or recombinant intact molecule. Alternatively, the peptide binding fragment may be recombinantly produced. In a preferred embodiment, the compound is a recombinant two domain MHC class II molecule.
  • In their most basic form, the two domain MHC class II molecule comprises the α1 and β1 domain of a mammalian MHC class II molecule wherein the amino terminus of the α1 domain is covalently linked to the carboxy terminus of the β1 domain and wherein the polypeptide does not include the α2 or β2 domains. The two domain MHC class II molecule is associated by covalent or non-covalent interaction with a peptide defined herein. In certain embodiments, the peptide is covalently linked to the amino terminus of the β1 domain of the class II molecule. The two domain MHC class II molecule may also comprise a detectable label, such as a fluorescent label, or a toxin. Where the detectable label or toxin is to be covalently linked to the MHC molecule in a directed manner (i.e., rather than being randomly attached) it will generally be linked to the carboxy terminus of the molecule so as to minimise interference with the peptide antigen linked at the amino terminus.
  • In vitro, the two domain MHC class II molecule may be used to detect and quantify T-cells, and regulate T-cell function. Thus, such molecules loaded with a selected peptide may be used to detect, monitor and quantify the population of T cells that are specific for that peptide. The two domain MHC class II molecule/peptide conjugate may also be used to induce anergy of gluten-specific T-cells, alleviating symptoms associated with celiac disease. Alternatively, such molecules may be conjugated with a toxin to more directly kill the disease-causing T cells. Suitable toxins include protein toxins (for example, ricin, diphtheria, and Pseudomonas toxin), chemotherapeutic agents (for example, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, methotrexate, cytotoxin, and antisense RNA), antibodies to a cytotoxic T-cell surface molecule, lipases, and radioisotopes emitting “hard”, for example, beta radiation.
    • Design of Recombinant MHC Class II β1α1 Molecule
  • The amino acid sequences of mammalian MHC class II α and β chain proteins, as well as nucleic acids encoding these proteins, are well known in the art and available from numerous sources including GenBank.
  • Typically, the α1 domain is regarded as comprising about residues 1-90 of the mature α chain. The native peptide linker region between the α1 and α2 domains of the MHC class II protein spans from about amino acid 76 to about amino acid 93 of the α chain, depending on the particular α chain under consideration. Thus, an α1 domain may include about amino acid residues 1-90 of the α chain, but one of skill in the art will recognise that the C-terminal cut-off of this domain is not necessarily precisely defined, and, for example, might occur at any point between amino acid residues 70-100 of the α chain. The composition of the α1 domain may also vary outside of these parameters depending on the mammalian species and the particular α chain in question.
  • Similarly, the β1 domain is typically regarded as comprising about residues 1-90 of the mature β chain. The linker region between the β1 and β2 domains of the MHC class II protein spans from about amino acid 85 to about amino acid 100 of the β chain, depending on the particular β chain under consideration. Thus, the β1 protein may include about amino acid residues 1-100, but one of skill in the art will again recognise that the C-terminal cut-off of this domain is not necessarily precisely defined, and, for example, might occur at any point between amino acid residues 75-105 of the β chain.
  • When selecting the sequence of a particular domain for inclusion in a recombinant molecule, it is preferable that the entire domain be included; to ensure that this is done, the domain sequence may be extended to include part of the linker, or even part of the adjacent domain. The precise number of amino acids in the α1 and β1 domains varies depending on the species of mammal, as well as between classes of genes within a species. Rather than a precise structural definition based on the number of amino acids, it is the maintenance of domain function that is important when selecting the amino acid sequence of a particular domain. Moreover, one of skill in the art will appreciate that domain function may also be maintained if somewhat less than the entire amino acid sequence of the selected domain is utilised. For example, a number of amino acids at either the amino or carboxy terminii of the α1 domain may be omitted without affecting domain function. Typically however, the number of amino acids omitted from either terminus of the domain sequence will be no greater than 10, and more typically no greater than 5. Similarly, the α1 and β1 domains may include one or more amino acid sequence variations compared to the naturally occurring form providing domain function is maintained.
  • The functional activity of a particular selected domain may be assessed in the context of the peptide loaded MHC class II β1α1 molecule. For example, to test a particular β1 domain, it will be linked to a functional α1 domain, the resultant MHC class II β1α1 molecule peptide loaded and tested for its ability to bind to and/or inhibit antigen specific T cell function, for example, T cell proliferation.
  • Nucleic acid molecules encoding these domains may be produced by standard means, such as amplification by the PCR. Standard approaches for designing primers for amplifying open reading frames encoding these domain may be employed. Libraries suitable for the amplification of these domains include, for example, cDNA libraries prepared from the mammalian species in question; such libraries are available commercially, or may be prepared by standard methods. Thus, for example, constructs encoding the β1 and α1 polypeptides may be produced by PCR using four primers: primers B1 and B2 corresponding to the 5′ and 3′ ends of the β1 coding region, and primers A1 and A2 corresponding to the 5′ and 3′ ends of the α1 coding region. Following PCR amplification of the α1 and β1 domain coding regions, these amplified nucleic acid molecules may each be cloned into standard cloning vectors, or the molecules may be ligated together and then cloned into a suitable vector. To facilitate convenient cloning of the two coding regions, restriction endonuclease recognition sites may be designed into the PCR primers. For example, primers B2 and A1 may each include a suitable site such that the amplified fragments may be readily ligated together following amplification and digestion with the selected restriction enzyme. In addition, primers B1 and A2 may each include restriction sites to facilitate cloning into the polylinker site of the selected vector. Ligation of the two domain coding regions is performed such that the coding regions are operably linked, i.e., to maintain the open reading frame. Where the amplified coding regions are separately cloned, the fragments may be subsequently released from the cloning vector and gel purified, preparatory to ligation.
  • In certain embodiments, a peptide linker is provided between the β1 and α1 domains. Typically, this linker is between 2 and 25 amino acids in length, and serves to provide flexibility between the domains such that each domain is free to fold into its native conformation. The linker sequence may conveniently be provided by designing the PCR primers to encode the linker sequence. Thus, in the example described above, the linker sequence may be encoded by one of the B2 or A1 primers, or a combination of each of these primers.
  • Variant MHC domain polypeptides may be produced by manipulating the nucleotide sequence of the molecule encoding the domain, for example by site-directed mutagenesis or the PCR.
    • Genetic Linkage of Antigenic Peptide to MHC Class II β1α1 Molecule
  • The MHC Class II β1α1 molecule is used in conjunction with a peptide defined herein. The MHC Class II β1α1 molecule may be “loaded” with the peptide in a number of ways, including by covalent attachment of the peptide to the MHC molecule. This may be conveniently achieved by operably linking a nucleic acid sequence encoding the selected peptide to the 5′ end of the construct encoding the MHC molecule such that, the expressed peptide is linked to the N-terminus of 1 of the MHC Class II β1α1 molecule. One convenient way of obtaining this result is to incorporate a sequence encoding the peptide into the PCR primers used to amplify the MHC coding regions. Typically, a sequence encoding a linker peptide sequence will be included between the molecules encoding the antigenic peptide and the MHC polypeptide. For linking antigens to the MHC polypeptide, the linker should be sufficiently long to permit the antigenic peptide to fit into the peptide groove of the MHC polypeptide.
  • This genetic system for linkage of the antigenic peptide to the MHC molecule is particularly useful where a number of MHC molecules with differing antigenic peptides are to be produced. The described system permits the construction of an expression vector in which a unique restriction site is included at the 5′ end of the MHC coding region (i.e., at the 5′ end of β1 of the MHC Class II β1α1 molecule). In conjunction with such a construct, a library of antigenic peptide-encoding sequences is made, with each antigen-coding region flanked by sites for the selected restriction enzyme. The inclusion of a particular antigen into the MHC molecule is then performed simply by (a) releasing the antigen-coding region with the selected restriction enzyme, (b) cleaving the MHC construct with the same restriction enzyme, and (c) ligating the antigen coding region into the MHC construct. In this manner, a large number of MHC-polypeptide constructs can be made and expressed in a short period of time.
    • Antigen Loading of Empty β1α1 and α1α2 Molecules
  • Where the MHC Class II β1α1 molecule is expressed and purified in an empty form (i.e., without attached antigenic peptide), the antigenic peptide may be loaded into the molecules using standard methods. Such methods include simple co-incubation of the purified MHC molecule with a purified preparation of the peptide.
  • By way of example, empty MHC Class II β1α1 molecules (1 mg/ml; 40 uM) may be loaded by incubation with a 10-fold molar excess of peptide (1 mg/ml; 400 uM) at room temperature, for 24 hours. Thereafter, excess unbound peptide may be removed by dialysis against PBS at 4° C. for 24 hours. As is known in the art, peptide binding to MHC Class II β1α1 molecules can be quantified by silica gel thin layer chromatography (TLC) using radiolabeled peptide. Based on such quantification, the loading may be altered (for example, by changing the molar excess of peptide or the time of incubation) to obtain the desired result.
    • Polynucleotides
  • The terms “nucleic acid”, “nucleic acid molecule”, “nucleic acid sequence” and “polynucleotide” can generally be used interchangeably and encompass biologically active fragments, and variants including homologues.
  • The overall length of each constituent polynucleotide of an agent may be, for example, 21 to 150 nucleotides, such as, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150 nucleotides.
  • A “biologically active fragment” of a nucleic acid molecule consists of fewer nucleotides than that of the reference peptide encoding polynucleotide sequence and has a length of at least about 21 nucleotides, and may have a length of at least about 35 nucleotides.
  • The terms “biologically active variant” and“biologically active fragment” have analogous meanings to those ascribed above with regard to the peptides defined herein.
  • A “biologically active variant” may comprise a sequence of nucleotides having at least 60% identity to the reference peptide encoding polynucleotide sequence. Percentage identity can be determined using readily available software packages, such as BLAST (ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/) and GAP.
  • Alternatively, or in addition, the “biologically active variant” may hybridise to the reference peptide encoding nucleotide sequence (or a complementary form thereof) under low stringency conditions. Reference herein to “low stringency” refers to at least about 0 to at least about 15% v/v formamide and from at least about 1 M to at least about 2 M salt for hybridization, and at least about 1 M to at least about 2 M salt for washing conditions. Generally, low stringency is at from about 25-30° C. to about 42° C. The temperature may be altered and higher temperatures used to replace formamide and/or to give alternative stringency conditions. Alternative stringency conditions may be applied where necessary, such as medium or high stringency. Reference herein to “medium stringency” refers to from at least about 16% v/v to at least about 30% v/v formamide and from at least about 0.5 M to at least about 0.9 M salt for hybridization, and at least about 0.5 M to at least about 0.9 M salt for washing conditions. Reference herein to “high stringency” refers to from at least about 31% v/v to at least about 50% v/v formamide and from at least about 0.01 M to at least about 0.15 M salt for hybridization, and at least about 0.01 M to at least about 0.15 M salt for washing conditions.
  • In general, washing is carried out at Tm=69.3+0.41 (G+C) %. However, the Tm of a duplex nucleic acid molecule decreases by 1° C. with every increase of 1% in the number of mismatch base pairs. Formamide is optional in these hybridization conditions.
  • Particularly preferred levels of stringency are defined as follows: low stringency is 6×SSC buffer, 0.1% w/v SDS at 25-42° C.; moderate stringency is 2×SSC buffer, 0.1% w/v SDS at 20-65° C.; high stringency is 0.1×SSC buffer, 0.1% w/v SDS at, at least 65° C.
  • Biological variants include polynucleotides that vary by one or more nucleotides from the reference polynucleotide. For example, a variant can comprise a substitution of one or more naturally occurring nucleotides with an analogue (such as the morpholine ring), methylated nucleotide, internucleotide modifications such as uncharged linkages (for example, methyl phosphonates, phosphotriesters, phosphoamidates, carbamates, etc.), charged linkages (for example, phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, etc.), pendent moieties (for example, polypeptides), intercalators (for example, acridine, psoralen, etc.), chelators, alkylators and modified linkages (for example, α-anomeric nucleic acids, etc.).
  • Polynucleotides encoding one or more of the peptides may be provided in a vector.
  • A polynucleotide encoding one or more of the peptides defined herein can be used for the recombinant production of the peptides using techniques well known in the art. Alternatively, the polynucleotide can be used to immunise/tolerise a subject to gluten.
  • A polynucleotide for use in the invention includes a DNA sequence that can be derived from one or more of the peptides, bearing in mind the degeneracy of codon usage. This is well known in the art, as is knowledge of codon usage in different expression hosts, which is helpful in optimizing the recombinant expression of the peptides.
  • When the polynucleotide is used for the recombinant production of one or more of the peptides, the polynucleotide may include the coding sequence for the peptides alone or the coding sequence for the peptides in reading frame with other coding sequences, such as those encoding a leader or secretory sequence, a pre-, or pro- or prepro-protein sequence, linker peptide sequence, or other fusion peptide portions. For example, a marker sequence which facilitates purification of the fused peptide can be encoded. In certain embodiments, the marker sequence is a hexa-histidine peptide, as provided in the pQE vector (Qiagen, Inc.), or is an HA tag, or is glutathione-S-transferase. The polynucleotide may also contain non-coding 5′ and 3′ sequences, such as transcribed, non-translated sequences, splicing and polyadenylation signals, ribosome binding sites and sequences that stabilise mRNA.
    • Antigen Presenting Cells
  • The agent and/or peptides defined herein may be delivered by loading APCs with, for example, the first, second and third peptides, a biologically active fragment or variant of one or more thereof, and/or a polynucleotide encoding one or more thereof.
  • Preferably, the APCs are selected from the group consisting of dendritic cells, macrophages, B-lymphocytes and liver sinusoidal endothelial cells that express MHC class II molecules shared with the MHC phenotype of the subject. For example, the APCs may express HLA-DQ2 (for example, HLA DQA1*05 and HLA DQB1*02) and/or HLA DQ8. The APCs employed for this purpose may be isolated from the subject to whom they are to be delivered after loading, or they may be obtained from an allo-matched subject.
  • By “loading” an APC it is meant that the APC is incubated or transfected with the peptides, a biologically active fragment or variant of one or more thereof, or a polynucleotide encoding one or more thereof. Loading an APC can be achieved by using conventional nucleic acid transfection methods, such as lipid-mediated transfection, electroporation, and calcium phosphate transfection.
    • Peptide Production
  • The peptides can be prepared in any suitable manner. For example, the peptides can be recombinantly and/or synthetically produced.
  • The peptides may be synthesised by standard chemistry techniques, including synthesis by automated procedure using a commercially available peptide synthesiser. In general, peptide analogues are prepared by solid-phase peptide synthesis methodology which may involve coupling each protected amino acid residue to a resin support, preferably a 4-methylbenzhydrylamine resin, by activation with dicyclohexylcarbodiimide to yield a peptide with a C-terminal amide. Alternatively, a chloromethyl resin (Merrifield resin) may be used to yield a peptide with a free carboxylic acid at the C-terminal. After the last residue has been attached, the protected peptide-resin is treated with hydrogen fluoride to cleave the peptide from the resin, as well as deprotect the side chain functional groups. Crude product can be further purified by gel filtration, high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC), partition chromatography, or ion-exchange chromatography.
  • If desired, and as outlined above, various groups may be introduced into the peptide of the agent during synthesis or during expression, which allow for linking to other molecules or to a surface. For example, cysteines can be used to make thioethers, histidines for linking to a metal ion complex, carboxyl groups for forming amides or esters, amino groups for forming amides, and the like.
  • The peptides may also be produced using cell-free translation systems. Standard translation systems, such as reticulocyte lysates and wheat germ extracts, use RNA as a template; whereas “coupled” and “linked” systems start with DNA templates, which are transcribed into RNA then translated.
  • Alternatively, the peptides may be produced by transfecting host cells with expression vectors that comprise a polynucleotide(s) that encodes one or more peptides.
  • For recombinant production, a recombinant construct comprising a sequence which encodes one or more of the peptides is introduced into host cells by conventional methods such as calcium phosphate transfection, DEAE-dextran mediated transfection, microinjection, cationic lipid-mediated transfection, electroporation, transduction, scrape lading, ballistic introduction or infection.
  • One or more of the peptides may be expressed in suitable host cells, such as, for example, mammalian cells (for example, COS, CHO, BHK, 293 HEK, VERO, HeLa, HepG2, MDCK, W138, or NIH 3T3 cells), yeast (for example, Saccharomyces or Pichia), bacteria (for example, E. coli, P. pastoris, or B. subtilis), insect cells (for example, baculovirus in Sf9 cells) or other cells under the control of appropriate promoters using conventional techniques. Following transformation of the suitable host strain and growth of the host strain to an appropriate cell density, the cells are harvested by centrifugation, disrupted by physical or chemical means, and the resulting crude extract retained for further purification of the peptide or variant thereof.
  • Suitable expression vectors include, for example, chromosomal, non-chromosomal and synthetic polynucleotides, for example, derivatives of SV40, bacterial plasmids, phage DNAs, yeast plasmids, vectors derived from combinations of plasmids and phage DNAs, viral DNA such as vaccinia viruses, adenovirus, adeno-associated virus, lentivirus, canary pox virus, fowl pox virus, pseudorabies, baculovirus, herpes virus and retrovirus. The polynucleotide may be introduced into the expression vector by conventional procedures known in the art.
  • The polynucleotide which encodes one or more peptides may be operatively linked to an expression control sequence, i.e., a promoter, which directs mRNA synthesis. Representative examples of such promoters include the LTR or SV40 promoter, the E. coli lac or trp, the phage lambda PL promoter and other promoters known to control expression of genes in prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells or in viruses. The expression vector may also contain a ribosome binding site for translation initiation and a transcription terminator.
  • The expression vectors may also include an origin of replication and a selectable marker, such as the ampicillin resistance gene of E. coli to permit selection of transformed cells, i.e., cells that are expressing the heterologous polynucleotide. The nucleic acid molecule encoding one or more of the peptides may be incorporated into the vector in frame with translation initiation and termination sequences.
  • One or more of the peptides can be recovered and purified from recombinant cell cultures (i.e., from the cells or culture medium) by well known methods including ammonium sulphate or ethanol precipitation, acid extraction, anion or cation exchange chromatography, phosphocellulose chromatography, hydrophobic interaction chromatography, affinity chromatography, hydroxyapatite chromatography, lectin chromatography, and HPLC. Well known techniques for refolding proteins may be employed to regenerate active conformation when the peptide is denatured during isolation and or purification.
  • To produce a glycosylated peptide, it is preferred that recombinant techniques be used. To produce a glycosylated peptide, it is preferred that mammalian cells such as, COS-7 and Hep-G2 cells be employed in the recombinant techniques.
  • The peptides can also be prepared by cleavage of longer peptides, especially from food extracts.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the peptides can be synthesised from the peptides which contain a basic or acid moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, the salts are prepared by reacting the free base or acid with stoichiometric amounts or with an excess of the desired salt-forming inorganic or organic acid or base in a suitable solvent.
    • Vaccines and Administration
  • The invention also provides a vaccine comprising the first, second and third peptides, a biologically active fragment or variant of one or more thereof, and/or a polynucleotide encoding one or more thereof. Also provided is a vaccine comprising a peptide of the invention and/or a polynucleotide of the invention.
  • As used herein, the term “vaccine” refers to a composition comprising or encoding peptides that can be administered to a subject sensitive to gluten to modulate the subject's response to gluten. The vaccine may reduce the immunological reactivity of a subject towards gluten. Preferably, the vaccine induces tolerance to gluten.
  • Administration of the vaccine to a subject may induce tolerance by clonal deletion of gluten-specific effector T cell populations, for example, gluten-specific CD4+ T cells, or by inactivation (anergy) of said T cells such that they become less responsive, preferably, unresponsive to subsequent exposure to gluten (or peptides thereof).
  • Alternatively, or in addition, administration of the vaccine may modify the cytokine secretion profile of the subject (for example, result in decreased IL-4, IL-2, TNFα and/or IFNγ, and/or increased IL-10). The vaccine may induce suppressor T cell subpopulations, for example Treg cells, to produce IL-10 and/or TGFβ and thereby suppress gluten-specific effector T cells.
  • The vaccine of the invention can be used for prophylactic treatment of a subject capable of developing sensitivity to gluten, for example, diagnosed as carrying the HLA-DQ2 and/or HLA-DQ8 gene and/or ongoing treatment of a subject who is sensitive to gluten, for example, a subject who has celiac disease. There is considerable animal data to support the prophylactic activity of immunodominant peptides for various autoimmune and model immune conditions, for example, experimental allergic encephalitis.
  • As used herein, the term “treatment” includes abrogating, inhibiting, slowing, or reversing the progression of a disease or condition, or ameliorating or preventing a clinical symptom of the disease (for example, celiac disease) or condition.
  • The amount of vaccine (or agent, peptide, polynucleotide and/or APC) to be administered is referred to as the “effective amount”. The term “effective amount” means the amount sufficient to provide the desired therapeutic or physiological effect when administered under appropriate or sufficient conditions. Single or multiple doses may be administered. Undesirable effects, for example, side effects, are sometimes manifested along with the desired therapeutic effect; hence, a practitioner balances the potential benefits against the potential risks in determining an appropriate “effective amount”. The exact amount required will vary from subject to subject, depending on the species, age, size and general condition of the subject, mode of administration and the like. Thus, it may not be possible to specify an exact “effective amount”. However, an appropriate “effective amount” in any individual case may be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art using only routine experimentation.
  • The vaccine (or agent, peptide, polynucleotide and/or APC) modifies the T cell response to wheat, barley and rye in the subject, and preferably wheat, barley, rye and oats, as represented by gliadin, secalin, hordein, glutenin and optionally avedin proteins. Thus, a subject treated according to the invention preferably is able to eat at least wheat, rye, barley and optionally oats without a significant T cell response which would normally lead to symptoms of celiac disease.
  • The individual components of an agent of the invention may be administered in the same composition or in different compositions or a combination thereof (for example, the first and second peptide defined herein in one composition, and the third peptide in a separate composition). If in different compositions, they may be administered simultaneously or sequentially.
  • The agent or vaccine may include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers to molecular entities and compositions that do not produce an allergic, toxic or otherwise adverse reaction when administered to a subject, particularly a mammal, and more particularly a human. The pharmaceutically acceptable carrier may be solid or liquid. Useful examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include, but are not limited to, diluents, excipients, solvents, surfactants, suspending agents, buffering agents, lubricating agents, adjuvants, vehicles, emulsifiers, absorbants, dispersion media, coatings, stabilizers, protective colloids, adhesives, thickeners, thixotropic agents, penetration agents, sequestering agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents that do not affect the activity of the active agents of the invention.
  • The carrier can be any of those conventionally used and is limited only by chemico-physical considerations, such as solubility and lack of reactivity with the active agent, and by the route of administration. Suitable carriers for this invention include those conventionally used, for example, water, saline, aqueous dextrose, lactose, Ringer's solution, a buffered solution, hyaluronan, glycols, starch, cellulose, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, magnesium stearate, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, sodium chloride, glycerol, propylene glycol, water, ethanol, and the like. Liposomes may also be used as carriers.
  • Techniques for preparing pharmaceutical compositions are generally known in the art as exemplified by Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 16th Ed. Mack Publishing Company, 1980.
  • The term “adjuvant” generally refers to an immunostimulatory substance designed to enhance the immunogenicity of one or more peptides defined herein. Preferably, the adjuvant does not produce a Th response and further, promotes immune tolerance and/or reduces inflammation. Suitable adjuvants include 1) an aluminium-based mineral salt adjuvant, for instance an Al(OH)3 gel or aluminium phosphate, but may also be a salt of calcium, iron or zinc; and 2) dexamethasone (Kang et al., 2008).
  • Administered may be orally, topically (percutaneous), parenterally, by inhalation spray or rectally in dosage unit formulations containing conventional non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. The term “parenteral”, as used herein includes intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, subcutaneous, subconjunctival, intracavity, transdermal and subcutaneous injection, aerosol for administration to lungs or nasal cavity, or administration by infusion by, for example, osmotic pump.
  • The active compounds of the invention may be in a form suitable for oral use, for example, as tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs. Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to methods known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavouring agents, colouring agents and preserving agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations.
    • Tablets
  • Tablets containing the active ingredient in admixture with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may also be manufactured by known methods. The excipients used may be for example, (1) inert diluents such as calcium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; (2) granulating and disintegrating agents such as corn starch, or alginic acid; (3) binding agents such as starch, gelatin or acacia, and (4) lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. The tablets may be uncoated or they may be coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate may be employed. They may also be coated to form osmotic therapeutic tablets for controlled release.
  • In some cases, formulations for oral use may be in the form of hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin. They may also be in the form of soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.
    • Aqueous Suspensions
  • Aqueous suspensions normally contain the active materials in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions. Such excipients may include: (1) suspending agents such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; or (2) dispersing or wetting agents such as PEG esters of C2-Cis fatty acids, TWEEN® 80 or polyethylene oxide sorbitan monooleate, BRIJ® or polyoxyethylene alcohol, TRITON™-X or Polyethylene glycol p-isooctylphenyl ether, TRITON™-N or Polyoxyethylene branched nonylcyclohexyl ether, and TRITON™ A-20 or 4-(1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl) phenol, polymer with formaldehyde and oxirane, DECON, Tris or 2-amino-2-hydroxymethyl-1,3-propanediol and CREMOPHOR® EL or polyoxyl 35 hydrogenated castor oil.
  • The aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives, for example, ethyl or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate; one or more colouring agents; one or more flavouring agents; and one or more sweetening agents such as sucrose, aspartame or saccharin.
    • Oily Suspensions
  • Oily suspension may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, for example arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, a fish oil which contains omega 3 fatty acid, or in a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin. The oily suspensions may contain a thickening agent, for example beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents and flavouring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an antioxidant such as ascorbic acid.
    • Dispersible Powders and Granules
  • Dispersible powders and granules are suitable for the preparation of an aqueous suspension. They provide the active ingredient in a mixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, a suspending agent and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above. Additional excipients, for example, those sweetening, flavouring and colouring agents described above may also be present.
    • Emulsion
  • The pharmaceutical composition(s) may also be in the form of oil-in-water emulsions. The oily phase may be a vegetable oil such as olive oil or arachis oils, or a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin or a mixture thereof. Suitable emulsifying agents include gum acacia, gum tragacanth, soy bean, lecithin, polyoxyethylene oxide sorbitan monooleate (TWEEN® 80). The emulsions may also contain sweetening and flavouring agents.
    • Syrups and Elixirs
  • Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol, aspartame or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, preservative, flavouring and colouring agents.
    • Injectables
  • The pharmaceutical composition(s) may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according to known methods using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above. The sterile injectable preparation may be a suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable carriers that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose, any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or di-glycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
  • Compositions suitable for parenteral administration include, but are not limited to, aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions. Examples of appropriate delivery mechanisms for subcutaneous administration include, but are not limited to, implants, depots, needles, capsules, and osmotic pumps.
    • Sustained-Release Compositions
  • Sustained-release compositions may be prepared. Suitable examples of sustained-release preparations include semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, for example, films, or microcapsules. Examples of sustained-release matrices include polyesters, hydrogels (for example, poly(2-hydroxyethyl-methacrylate), or poly(vinylalcohol)), polylactides, copolymers of L-glutamic acid and γ ethyl-L-glutamate, non-degradable ethylene-vinyl acetate, degradable lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymers such as the LUPRON DEPOT™ (injectable microspheres composed of lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymer and leuprolide acetate), and poly-D-(−)-3-hydroxybutyric acid. While polymers such as ethylene-vinyl acetate and lactic acid-glycolic acid enable release of molecules for over 100 days, certain hydrogels release proteins for shorter time periods.
  • The active agent may be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization, for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly-(methylmethacrylate) microcapsules, respectively, in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles, and nanocapsules) or in macroemulsions.
  • Microencapsulation for sustained release has been successfully performed with human growth hormone (rhGH), interferon (rhIFN), interleukin-2, and MN rgp120. The sustained-release formulations of these proteins were developed using PLGA polymer due to its biocompatibility and wide range of biodegradable properties. The degradation products of PLGA, lactic and glycolic acids, can be cleared quickly within the human body. Moreover, the degradability of this polymer can be adjusted from months to years depending on its molecular weight and composition.
    • Gene Therapy
  • In a further embodiment, a polynucleotide encoding one or more peptides defined herein is inserted into a recombinant expression vector for the purposes of administration to the subject.
  • The term “recombinant expression vector” refers to a plasmid, virus or other vehicle known in the art that has been manipulated by insertion or incorporation nucleic acid encoding one or peptides. Such expression vectors contain a promoter sequence which facilitates the efficient transcription in the host of the inserted genetic sequence. The expression vector typically contains an origin of replication, a promoter, as well as specific genes which allow phenotypic selection of the transformed cells.
  • In one embodiment, the viral vector is derived from adeno-associated virus (AAV) and comprises a constitutive or regulatable promoter capable of driving sufficient levels of expression of the peptides defined herein. Preferably, the viral vector comprises inverted terminal repeat sequences of AAV, such as those described in WO 93/24641. In a preferred embodiment, the viral vector comprises polynucleotide sequences of the pTR-UF5 plasmid. The pTR-UF5 plasmid is a modified version of the pTR.sub.BS-UF/UF1/UF2/UFB series of plasmids (Zolotukiin et al., 1996; Klein et al., 1998).
  • Promoters useful with the subject invention include, for example, the cytomegalovirus immediate early promoter (CMV), the human elongation factor 1-α promoter (EF1), the small nuclear RNA promoters (U1a and U1b), α-myosin heavy chain promoter, Simian virus 40 promoter (SV40), Rous sarcoma virus promoter (RSV), adenovirus major late promoter, β-actin promoter and hybrid regulatory element comprising a CMV enhancer/β-actin promoter. These promoters have been shown to be active in a wide range of mammalian cells.
  • The promoters are operably linked with heterologous polynucleotide encoding one or more peptides defined herein. By “operably linked,” it is intended that the-promoter element is positioned relative to the coding sequence to be capable of effecting expression of the coding sequence.
  • Also contemplated for use with the vectors of the present invention are inducible and cell type specific promoters, for example, Tet-inducible promoters (Clontech, Palo Alto, Calif.) and VP16-LexA promoters (Nettelbeck et al., 1998).
  • Transcriptional enhancer elements which can function to increase levels of transcription from a given promoter can also be included in the vector. Enhancers can generally be placed in either orientation, 3′ or 5′, with respect to promoter sequences. In addition to the natural enhancers, synthetic enhancers can be used in the present invention, for example, a synthetic enhancer randomly assembled from Spc5-12-derived elements including muscle-specific elements, serum response factor binding element (SRE), myocyte-specific enhancer factor-1 (MEF-1), myocyte-specific enhancer factor-2 (MEF-2), transcription enhancer factor-1 (TEF-1) and SP-1 (Li et al., 1999; Deshpande et al., 1997; Stewart et al., 1996; Mitchell and Tjian, 1989; Briggs et al., 1986; Pitluk et al., 1991) can be used in the vector.
  • The gene therapy methods can be performed by ex vivo or in vivo treatment of the patient's cells or tissues. Vectors can be introduced into suitable cells, cell lines or tissue using methods known in the art. The viral particles and vectors can be introduced into cells or tissue in vitro or in vivo. Methods contemplated include transfection, transduction, injection and inhalation, for example, vectors can be introduced into cells using liposomes containing the subject vectors, by direct transfection with vectors alone, electroporation or by particle bombardment.
    • Dosage
  • It is especially advantageous to formulate the active in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. “Dosage unit form” as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active agent calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The specification for the dosage unit forms are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the active agent and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active agent for the treatment of subjects. Alternatively, the compositions may be presented in multi-dose form.
  • Examples of dosage units include sealed ampoules and vials and may be stored in a freeze-dried condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier immediately prior to use.
  • The agent or vaccine may also be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration.
  • The actual amount administered (or dose or dosage) and the rate and time-course of administration will depend on the nature and severity of the condition being treated. Prescription of treatment, for example, decisions on dosage, timing, frequency, etc., is within the responsibility of general practitioners or specialists (including human medical practicitioner, veterinarian or medical scientist) and typically takes account of the disorder to be treated, the condition of the subject, the site of delivery, the method of administration and other factors known to practitioners. Examples of techniques and protocols can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed. (1990), Mack Publishing, Company, Easton, Pa., U.S.A.). The dose, dose frequency, duration, route of administration and need for maintenance therapy could be based upon the criteria for other peptide immunotherapeutics.
  • Effective amounts may be measured from ng/kg body weight to g/kg body weight per minute, hour, day, week or month.
  • When in vivo administration of an agent or vaccine of the invention is employed, normal dosage amounts may vary from about 10 ng/kg to up to 100 mg/kg of mammal body weight or more per day, preferably about 1 g/kg/day to 10 mg/kg/day, depending upon the route of administration. Guidance as to particular dosages and methods of delivery is provided in the literature.
  • Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of the agent or vaccine can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals by determining the IC50 and the maximal tolerated dose. The data obtained from these cell culture assays and animal studies can be used to formulate a range suitable for humans.
    • Diagnosis and Efficacy of Treatment
  • The peptides defined herein are also useful as a diagnostic agent.
  • In one example, gluten tolerance is assessed by measuring IL-10 and/or TGFβ secreted from stimulated cells, for example, Treg cells, exposed to the peptides defined herein. Treg cells are characterised by their capacity to produce large amounts of IL-10 and TGFβ. IL-10 is considered to be one of the main cytokines involved in immunosuppression; a target for suppression seems to be the transcriptional control of IL-2 in effector cells.
  • In another example, gluten tolerance is assessed by measuring IFNγ secreted from stimulated cells, for example, gluten-specific CD4+ T cells.
  • The diagnostic test may be performed in vitro using whole blood or cells isolated and/or fractionated therefrom.
  • In one example, the cells have been previously exposed to one or more of the peptides (either alone, conjugated to an MHC molecule or fragment thereof, or peptide loaded APC). In another example, the cells are stimulated in vitro by coincubation with the peptides (either alone, conjugated to an MHC molecule or fragment thereof, or peptide loaded APC).
  • The direct T cell mediated effects of the agent can be monitored by functional assays utilising cells isolated from peripheral blood or tissue (for example, the small intestine). Effects of peptide administration down stream to cognate T cells could be assessed using immune cell types, tissues, biological fluids (for example, plasma, intestinal secretions, urine or stool).
  • In general the biological effects of peptides recognised by cognate T cells are either pro-inflammatory or tolerogenic, depending on the dose regimen, mode of administration and whether the peptides are modified or co-administered with another compound that has immunological properties, for example, an adjuvant. These and other peptides selected for use in peptide based therapeutic vaccines are generally short (<29 amino acids), aqueous-soluble, without innate immune effects and recognised by a substantial proportion of pathogenic T ells. Based upon observations in animal models of T cell mediated disease and in other human diseases, initial administration would be followed by activation of cognate T cells. However, repeated administration of the agent is expected to induce T cell anergy and/or tolerance. Ongoing regular peptide administration would be expected to maintain tolerance to gluten, suppress inflammation in the small intestine and inhibit pro-inflammatory gluten-specific T cells throughout the body.
  • Hence, the key marker of therapeutic success would be the absence of inflammation in the small intestine following deliberate gluten ingestion. Surrogate markers of immunity likely to predict normal or inflamed intestinal tissue after gluten ingestion includes a wide range of assays utilizing pure or crude mixtures of immune cells, biological fluids, or tissue samples, to measure soluble or cell-associated proteins or small molecules associated with immune activation, inflammation, or tolerance. These assays are well-known to immunologists, immuno-histologists, and clinicians familiar with immune diseases in rodents, humans, and in particular, celiac disease. Markers, more specifically, that assess the activity of celiac disease and gluten-induced immunity include small bowel histology, serum IgA and IgG specific gliadin (protein or peptide) and for various host proteins including tTG.
  • Generic and specific markers of immunity in celiac disease that might be adapted for use in monitoring the peptide immunotherapy for celiac disease or for diagnosis of celiac disease include the following:
  • (a) Direct effects of peptides on the CD4+ T cell isolated from blood or tissue can be monitored ex vivo/in vitro by peptide-stimulated cytokine release, T-cell proliferation, or determination of CD4+ T cell markers that may be altered in vivo.
    (b) The frequency and phenotype of individual CD4+ T cells specific for the peptides or gluten generally can be assessed by direct enumeration of cells, for example, by FACS analysis. Oral ingestion of gluten in patients with celiac disease normally following a gluten free diet is known to stimulate T cells specific for the peptides and gluten generally. A clinical test such as gluten challenge may be used to assess the T cells induced in blood or other tissues. The phenotype of isolated T cells could then be assessed fresh or following short-term expansion in vitro. Assays of T cells may rely upon MHC-peptide complexes, antigen-stimulated intracellular cytokine, or other cell surface markers induced on antigen-activated T cells. Functional status of CD4+ T cells is correlated with the presence of various cell-surface and intra-cellular markers, for example, activation markers including CD25 and CD69, or of “tolerance” and regulatory T cell function, for example, GITR and FOXP3. Production of cytokines such as IFNγ, IL-4, IL-5 and IL-13, and of IL-17 would be considered pro-inflammatory for classic Th1, Th2 or Th17 pro-inflammatory immune responses. In contrast, secretion of IL-10 and TGFβ are associated with tolerogenic immune responses. It would be expected markers of pro-inflammatory immune responses would decline and/or markers of tolerogenic immune responses would strengthen.
    (c) Effects of peptides on CD4+ T cells can also be measured using mixtures of cells, for example, whole blood, PBMC, mononuclear cells isolated from tissue, or using tissue incubated with the peptides. Assays capable of measuring individual or multiple proteins or RNA encoding relevant immunological or disease-associated proteins such as cytokines and chemokines could be assessed after short-term incubation with the peptides. Assays such as IFNγ ELISpot using PBMC before and or after administration of gluten or peptides themselves to the patient, or multiplex assays of chemokines and cytokines using PBMC are capable of detecting the biological effects of peptide-specific T cells from patients. The therapeutic effect of the peptides would be indicated by a shift from markers associated with pro-inflammatory immune responses to markers associated with immune tolerance (for example, IL-10) and general reduction in pro-inflammatory markers such as IFNγ.
    (d) Effects of peptides on tissue may be practical; functional assays could take the form of direct application of peptide to the skin to assess delayed-type hypersensitivity, as in the Mantoux test for tuberculosis, which involves intradermal application of PPD (purified protein derivative) and assessment of the diameter of redness at the injection site 24-72 h later. The peptides may also be applied to other mucosal and skin sites to assess in the same manner. In clinical practice, it is both the peptide and grain derived protein-stimulated immune response that is important in celiac disease. For example, it is predicted that immunotherapy using the selected peptides would not only lead to suppression of the immune response stimulated by T cells specific for the peptides but also “tolerance” would be “infectious” and also lead to suppression of pro-inflammatory immunity to other gluten-derived peptides and gluten itself. Hence, the effects of the peptide therapy could also be monitored using gluten from various grains (wheat, rye, barley) in celiac disease, in place of peptide in the assays described above. Indeed, peptide therapy for cat-sensitive asthma has been monitored by such a skin test utilizing the whole protein antigen from which the therapeutic peptides are derived (Oldfield et al., 2002).
    (e) Ultimately, the clinical effects of the peptide immunotherapy would be assessed by histologic examination of tissues exposed to dietary gluten, typically the small bowel, but in experimental settings oral and rectal mucosa have also bee assessed, and in principle other sites such as oesophagus and colon might also be assessed. Tissue from these sites could be collected by direct visualization, typically by endoscopic biopsy. Direct visualization by endoscopy has also been used to diagnose celiac disease according to the appearance of the mucosa—villous atrophy can be assessed by standard as well as magnifying and capsule endoscopy. Hence, the tolerogenic effects of the peptides may be assessed simply by detection of macroscopic tissue damage in the gastrointestinal tract.
    (f) Immunoglobulin specific for the peptides or other gluten peptides, or autoantigens relevant to celiac disease would provide markers of gluten immunity relevant to disease activity, and to opsonising activity that may compromise the therapeutic effects of the peptides themselves.
    (g) Presence of markers associated with anaphylaxis, such as peptide- or gluten-specific IgE or histamine release by peripheral blood basophils may also be used to predict complications of peptide immunotherapy and need to adjust or cease therapy.
    • Food Test
  • The invention also provides a method of determining whether a composition or food is capable of causing celiac disease, the method comprising detecting the presence of the agent of the invention, the peptide of the invention and/or the polynucleotide of the invention in the composition or a food sample. Typically this is performed by using a binding assay in which one or more compounds which bind one or more peptides defined herein in a specific manner is contacted with the composition and the formation of peptide/compound complex(es) is detected and used to ascertain the presence of the peptide(s). In one example, the compound is an antibody. Any suitable format of binding assay can be used. Typically, the assay utilises monoclonal antibodies to gluten peptides in a non-competitive, sandwich type ELISA. Food samples may first be extracted, optionally diluted and then tested in the assay.
  • The composition or food typically comprises material from a plant that expresses gluten. Such material may be a plant part, such as a harvested product (for example, seed). The material may be processed products of the plant material, such as a flour or food that comprises gluten. The processing of food material and testing in suitable binding assays is routine (see for example, Kricka, 1998). The composition or food material may be treated with tTG prior to being contacted with the compound.
  • In one embodiment, the composition or food material is contacted with at least 2, 3, 5, 10 or more antibodies which are specific for peptides defined herein in deamidated and/or non-deamidated form. Preferably, the antibodies are directed against sequences that are protease resistant and allow for the detection of α, β, γ and ω gliadins, and LMW and HMW glutenins in wheat, B, C and D hordeins in barley, β, γ and ω secalins in rye, and optionally avenins in oats.
  • Antibodies directed against the peptides/epitopes defined herein may be provided in kit form for use in an assay for the detection and/or quantification of gluten in foods.
    • Protease Identification
  • The present invention also provides a method of identifying a protease that can cleave a peptide as defined herein, the method comprising contacting the peptide with a protease under conditions to effect specific cleavage of the peptide to produce a proteolytic product and detecting the proteolytic product produced. In one example, the proteolytic product is detected, for example, using SDS-PAGE, HPLC, ELIZA, or Western Blot. In a further example, the peptide is fused to a fluorescent donor and a quenching acceptor so as to enable intramolecular resonance energy transfer between the fluorescent donor and the quenching acceptor. Upon cleavage, the donor and acceptor are separated, allowing detection of the donor's fluorescent emission. Typically the peptide separates the fluorescent donor and the quenching acceptor at a distance of less than about 100 angstroms. The fluorescent donor can be attached to the peptide's C-terminus, and the quenching acceptor can be attached to the peptide's N-terminus, or vice versa.
    • EXAMPLES Example 1: Determination of Immunodominant Peptides Subjects
  • Volunteers were adults aged 18-70 years and following strict gluten free diet. All volunteers possessed genes encoding both HLA DQAB1*05 and HLA DQB1*02 as determined by PCR with sequence-specific primer mixes of peripheral blood DNA (Bunce et al., 1995; Olerup et al., 1993; Mullighan et al., 1997). Volunteers with celiac disease were diagnosed on the basis of ESPGAN criteria (Report of Working Group of European Society of Paediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition, 1990). Subjects with celiac disease undergoing gluten challenge were on gluten free diet for at least 1 month and claimed to be compliant (positive tTG-IgA or EMA was an exclusion). Healthy HLA DQ2 subjects (endosmysial IgA negative) had followed a strict gluten free diet for 4 weeks before commencing gluten challenge.
    • Three-Day Gluten Challenge
  • Wheat challenge: Two 50 g slices for breakfast and for lunch of either Sainsbury's “standard white sandwich bread” (UK—to assess the Pilot library), or otherwise Baker's Delight “white bread block loaf”).
  • Barley challenge: Pearl barley (Ward McKenzie, Altona, Australia) cooked as risotto (150 g dry weight daily). Risotto servings were divided into equal servings for breakfast, lunch and dinner.
  • Rye challenge: Daily consumption of 100 g dry weight rye flour in the form of muffins eaten throughout the course of the day beginning at breakfast. Rye flour-sourced was either from rye grown in “isolation” at Long Ashton Research Station, UK and subsequently hand milled (for assessment of the Pilot library), or from Biodynamic rye flour (Eden Valley Biodynamic Farm, Dumbleyung, Australia).
  • Combined wheat, barley and rye challenge: Two muffins consisting of 25 g wheat flour (White Wings, Goodman Fielder, Australia), 22 g barley flour (Four Leaf Milling, Tarlee, South Australia), and 22 g rye flour (Four Leaf Milling, Tarlee, South Australia) were eaten each day.
    • Antigens
  • Synthetic peptides (purity >70%) were purchased from Research Genetics (USA), Mimotopes (Australia), or Pepscan (Netherlands). Deamidation with guinea pig liver tTG (Sigma T5398) was as described previously (Anderson et al., 2000). Peptides (2 mg/ml) or gliadin (Sigma G3375) were incubated for 4 hours, 37° C. in 10-fold excess with chymotrypsin (Sigma C3142) or trypsin (Sigma T1426) in ammonium bicarbonate (pH 8), or with pepsin (Sigma P6887) in 5% acetic acid (pH 2.5), then neutralised to pH 7 with NaOH, and finally boiled for 15 minutes. Prolamin protein concentrations were determined by BCA method (Pierce, USA). Hordein and secalin fractions were prepared from rye and barley grown in isolation from other grains, hand-milled flour, and fractionated according to published methods (Tatham, A. S., Gilbert, S. M., Fido R. J., and Shewry, R. Extraction, separation, and purification of wheat gluten proteins and related proteins of barley, rye, and oats. In: Marsh M, ed., Celiac disease methods and protocols. Totowa: Humana (2000) pp 55-73).
    • Peptide Libraries
  • Wheat, barley and rye gluten peptide libraries were designed by alignment and phylogeny (“Pilot” library, see Sequence Listing, Tables 3 and 4, or using a customised algorithm applied to entries for gliadins, glutenins, hordeins and secalins in NCBI Genbank at 2006 in their genome-encoded (wildtype) sequence (“Comprehensive” library), or both wildtype and in silico tTG deamidated sequence (“Verification” library) according to defined deamidation motifs (Beissbarth, et al., 2005).
  • TABLE 3
    Gluten peptide libraries.
    Library Pilot Comprehensive Verification
    Aim Feasability of comprehensive 1. Define hierarchy and identity of T cell Define the range of peptides
    T cell eptiope mapping in celiac disease stimulatory wheat, barley, rye and oat in gluten recognised by
    gluten peptides; and celiac donor-derived
    2. Define lead compound for peptide- intestinal and peripheral
    based therapeutic vaccine for HLA DQ2+ blood T cell clones specific
    celiac disease for immunodominant
    epitopes
    Use PBMCs in (polyclonal) T cell IFNγ Same as Pilot, but scaled up to confirm T cell clones from peripheral
    ELISpot assay drawn day 0 vs. day-6 of Pilot data and test all gluten proteins from blood and intestinal biopsies
    gluten challenge of HLA DQ2+ celiac vs. wheat, rye, and barley.
    healthy UK donors
    Genbank September 2001 June 2003 October 2006
    Database Species: T. aestivum (wheat), Species: T. aestivum (wheat), Species: T. aestivum (wheat),
    Search T. aestivum subsp. H. vulgare (barley), T. aestivum subsp.,
    Terms: alpha-gliadin, beta-gliadin, S. cerale (rye) H. vulgare (barley),
    gamma-gliadin, omega-gliadin Terms: gluten, gliadin, glutenin, S. cerale (rye)
    hordein, secalin Terms: gliadin, hordein, secalin
    Search 61 α/β-, 47 γ-, 3 ω-gliadins 53 α/β-, 53 γ-, 2 ω-gliadins, 77 LMW, 55 58 α/β-, 48 γ-, 5 ω-gliadins
    results HMW glutenins, 59 hordeins, 14 secalins 86 hordeins, 16 secalins
    Design All wild-type 12mers All wild-type 12mers All wild-type and tTG-
    Alignment by phylogeny Library algorithm deamidated 10mers: gliadin,
    MegaAlign ClustalW hordein, and secalin
    Size 652 20mers encompassing 3997 20mers (12mers, 9mers) 18mers (10mers, 9mers)
    12mers and 3372 9mers Gliadin: 721 (4465, 3739) Gliadin: 1363 (8114, 7561)
    LMW glutenin: 645 (3945, 3164) Hordein: 1338 (8557, 8117)
    HMW glutenin: 786 (4799, 3630) Secalin: 327 (2105, 1955)
    Hordein: 416 (2672, 2413)
    Secalin: 155 (957, 811)
    Termini H—, —OH (free) H—, —OH (free) H—, —OH (free)
    Amount 0.6 μmol 1 μmol 4x 0.5 μmol: gliadin,
    hordein, secalin
    QA 2 standards per 96 20mers 2 standards per 96 20mers All assessed by LC-MS.
    Amino acid analysis and HPLC: Amino acid analysis and HPLC: 1320/1363 gliadin 18mers,
    IKDFHVYFRESRDALWKGPG IKDFHVYFRESRDALWKGPG 1311/1338 hordein 18mers,
    (SEQ ID NO: 519) (SEQ ID NO: 519) and 321/327 secalin 18mers.
    Purity 50, 41-56% (median, range, n = 7) Purity 64, 55-71% (median, range, n = 31) 10mer sequences in 27
    VLQQHNIAHGSSQVLQESTY One 20mer from each 96 block hordein and 6 secalin 18mers
    (SEQ ID NO: 520) Purity 36, range: 5-68% (n = 31) with incorrect mass were
    Purity 17, 16-23% (n = 7) synthesised as 108 12mers
    (all with correct mass)
    Dissolution ACN 10% 0.1M HEPES 50% Aqueous acetonitrile 50% Aqueous acetonitrile
    Stock
    10 mg/ml 50 mg/mL 25 mg/mL
    • ELISpot Assay
  • IFNγ ELISpot assays (Mabtech, Sweden) using 96 well plates (MSIP-S45-10; Millipore, Bedford, Mass.) were performed using Peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) from blood drawn between 0800 hours and midday on the sixth day after commencing gluten challenge as previously described. Briefly, ELISpot plates were coated with sterile capture anti-cytokine antibody at 1:100 concentration (50 μl/well) diluted in PBS and wrapped in foil overnight at 4° C. Prior to use, each plate was washed three times with sterile PBS and non-specific binding blocked by addition of RPMI with 10% FCS (50 μl/well) for 2 hours at 37° C. Antigen at 5× concentration was added to each well (25 μl) followed by addition of freshly isolated PBMC suspended in complete medium (100 μl) and incubated overnight (16-20 hours) at 37° C. in a 5% CO2 incubator. Cells and culture medium were then discarded and the plate washed once with cold distilled water then three times with PBS with 0.05% TWEEN®-20 (Sigma P2287, St Louis, USA) and three times in PBS (200 μl/well each wash). Biotinylated anti-cytokine mAb (1:1000) diluted in PBS with 0.5% FCS (50 μl/well) was incubated for 2 hours at room temperature. Wells were washed six times with PBS (200 μl/well), and Streptavidin-ALP (1:1000) added (50 μl/well) and incubated for 1 hour at room temperature. After washing, BCIP-NBT developer substrate was added (50 μl/well) and spots allowed to develop. Developing was terminated by washing under cold water when spots were first visible. The number of spot-forming units (SFU) in individual wells was enumerated with computer-assisted video image analysis (AID ELISpot Reader System, AID Autoimmun Diagnostika GmbH, Strassberg, Germany). Mycobacterium tuberculosis purified protein derivative (PPD RT49) (5 μg/ml) and/or tetanus toxoid (CSL) (10 light forming units/ml) were positive control antigens.
    • Isolation of T Cell Clones
  • PBMC were isolated from heparinised whole blood using Ficoll-Paque Plus in Leucosep tubes. Lamina propria mononuclear cells (LPMC) were isolated from small intestinal biopsies by first treating samples with 1 mM DTT in PBS, followed by two incubations at 37° C. for 30 minutes in 2.4 U/mL Dispase II. Biopsies were then minced and incubated at 37° C. for 1 hour in 2 U/mL Liberease Blendzyme 3 and RPMI. PBMC and LPMC were washed three times in PBS. Typically, between 0.5 and 1×106 LPMC were recovered and were mixed with 1.5-3 million autologous PBMC irradiated at 2000 rads.
  • PBMC and LPMC were stained with 0.1 M CFSE and were plated out in 96 well plates at 2×105 cells/well, as previously described (Mannering et al., 2003; Mannering et al., 2005). Peptide and protein antigens were used at 32 g/mL and 100 μg/mL respectively. Between 7 and 10 days later, CD4+ proliferation was measured by flow cytometry (FACSAria, BD). CD4+CFSEdim PI− cells were sorted into a single well of a 96 well plate containing 2×105 PBMC (irradiated at 2000 rads), 2×104 JY-EBV (irradiated at 5000 rads), 20 U/mL recombinant human IL-2, 5 ng/mL recombinant human IL-4 and 30 ng/mL anti-CD3 (OKT3) in media. Cells were fed every 7 days for 2 weeks with media containing cytokines to give a final concentration of 20 U/mL IL-2 and 5 ng/mL IL-4. On day 25, growing clones were identified and expanded into 48 well plates in media including 20 U/mL IL-2 and 5 ng/mL IL-4. Antigen specificity was determined by 3H-thymidine proliferation assay or IFNγ ELISpot. Large scale expansion of specific clones was carried out in culture flasks containing 30 ng/mL OKT3 in 15 ml media with 5×107 PBMC (irradiated 2000 rads) and 5×106 JY-EBV (irradiated 5000 rads). After 24 hours, IL-2 was added to a final concentration of 50 U/mL. On day-3, the expansion was washed and resuspended in 25 ml of media containing 50 U/mL IL-2. On day-7, the cells were split in half and topped up with 12.5 ml of media containing IL-2 at a final concentration of 50 U/mL. Expanded cells were examined for antigen specificity on day-10 by 3H-thymidine proliferation assay or IFNγ ELISpot.
    • Characterisation of T Cell Clones
  • Expanded antigen-specific clones were tested for clonality using the IOTest Beta Mark (Beckman Coulter). Negative clones were confirmed as clonal by PCR of the TCR Vβ chains. HLA-restriction was determined by anti-HLA-DR (10 μg/ml Clone L243) and HLA-DQ (10 μg/ml Clone SPVL3) antibodies. Secretion of IFNγ, IL-4, IL-5, IL-10, IL-13, and IL-17 by clones to cognate antigen was determined in ELISpot assays utilising irradiated APCs (2000 rads) from HLA DQ2+ HLA DQ8− donors. Lysine scans of SEQ ID NOs:228, 229, and 230 (NPL001, NPL002, and NPL003, respectively) were carried out in ELISpot or proliferation assays using clones specific for these peptides.
    • Data Analysis
  • ELISpot responses were considered significant when SFU were both greater than four times medium alone and greater than 10 SFU/well. Proliferation assays were considered significant when stimulation indices (SI) were greater than 3. Data sets were normalised for inter-donor or inter-clone variability by expressing SFU or SI as a percentage of the most reactive peptide, peptide pool, or cocktail tested. Reactive peptides and peptide pools were assigned a “score” between 0 and 100, equal to the mean normalised response of donors who responded to at least one peptide or pool.
    • Example 2: Determination of the Primary Dominant Peptides Using Fresh Polyclonal T Cells Induced by In Vivo Gluten Challenge
  • In previous studies, it has been found that gluten-specific T cells are at their peak in blood 6 days after HLA DQ2+ celiac disease donors commence oral gluten challenge. On day-6, IFNγ ELISpot responses of PBMC from celiac disease donors to optimal concentrations of tTG-treated gliadin (500 μg/ml) and α-gliadin p57-73 QE65 (SEQ ID NO:8) encompassing DQ2-α-I (SEQ ID NO:3) and DQ2-α-II (SEQ ID NO:4) epitopes were significantly correlated (r=0.80, p<0.0001). Median IFNγ ELISpot responses to 17mer were 51% (n=17, range: 0-155%) of those to tTG-treated gliadin (500 g/ml). However, the ca-gliadin p57-73 QE65 (SEQ ID NO:8) was not always immuno-dominant. IFNγ ELISpot responses were equivalent to less than 5% of those to tTG-treated gliadin in 3/17 donors (Anderson et al., 2005).
  • Based upon these observations, it is clear that gluten peptides additional to the α-gliadin p57-73 QE65 (SEQ ID NO:8) and peptides including the epitopes SEQ ID NOs:4 and/or 5 must also stimulate a substantial population of T cells induced by in vivo gluten challenge. The inventors were not confident that a peptide-based immunotherapy utilising α-gliadin p57-73 QE65 (SEQ ID NO:8) and peptides including the epitopes SEQ ID NOs:4 and/or 5 would alone consistently target a sufficiently large proportion of the disease-relevant gluten-specific T cell population. The inventors hypothesised that either α-gliadin p57-73 QE65 (SEQ ID NO:8) and peptides including the epitopes SEQ ID NOs:4 and/or 5 were partial agonists and that sequences related to SEQ ID NOs:8, 4 and/or 5 would stimulate substantially more T cells, or that additional peptides encompassing immuno-dominant epitopes are present amongst gluten proteins expressed by wheat, barley or rye.
    • Homology Searches
  • Almost all substitutions to the core five amino acids, PELPY (SEQ ID NO:22) of α-gliadin p57-73 QE65 (SEQ ID NO:8) abolish its recognition by peripheral blood T cells induced by gluten challenge.
  • SwissProt and Trembl databases were searched for cereal genes encoding 17mers with the sequence PELPY (SEQ ID NO:22) the equivalent wild-type sequence, PQLPY (SEQ ID NO:23). Thirteen wheat α-gliadin 17mers were found with PQLPY and one with PQLSY (SEQ ID NO:24) at positions 8-12, but none had the sequence PELPY. With reference to FIG. 1, ELISpot responses are shown from a variety of 17mers with T cell epitopes DQ2-α-I (SEQ ID NO:3), DQ2-α-II (SEQ ID NO:4), and DQ2-α-III (SEQ ID NO:5), which derive from a highly polymorphic region of the α-gliadin family of proteins. Normalised IFNγ ELISpot responses of PBMC from 8 celiac disease donors (6 days after commencing wheat gluten challenge) to fourteen naturally occurring α-gliadin 17mers, each of which include the core sequence PQLPY (SEQ ID NO:23) or PQLSY (SEQ ID NO:24) are shown in FIG. 1. 17mers are assessed with or without pre-treatment with tTG or when glutamine at position 9 (Q9) is replaced by glutamate (E9). Data represent mean±SEM of donor ELISpot responses normalised against that to α-gliadin p57-73 QE65 (25 μg/ml).
  • Two 17mers that differed from α-gliadin p57-73 QE65 (SEQ ID NO:8) only by having serine substituted for proline or leucine at the C-terminal were as active as SEQ ID NO:8 when pretreated with tTG or when glutamine was substituted for glutamate at position 9. 17mers including both DQ2-α-II (SEQ ID NO:4), and either DQ2-α-I (SEQ ID NO:3) or DQ2-α-III (SEQ ID NO:5) stimulate greatest numbers of T cells. These findings were in agreement with those reported by Arentz-Hansen et al., 2000 in which a panel of intestinal T cell clones recognised five of eleven structurally distinct recombinant α-gliadins, but only those that included DQ2-α-I (SEQ ID NO:3), DQ2-α-II (SEQ ID NO:4) or DQ2-α-III (SEQ ID NO:5). Several other deamidated polymorphisms of α-gliadin p57-73 were weakly active and one that was not among those studied by Arentz-Hansen et al., 2000, PQPQPFLPQLPYPQPQS (SEQ ID NO:25; W09), was almost as active as 17mers encompassing DQ2-α-II (SEQ ID NO:4) and DQ2-α-III (SEQ ID NO:5) when pre-treated with tTG or with glutamate at position 9, PQPQPFLPELPYPQPQS (SEQ ID NO:26). Based upon a previous substitution scan of α-gliadin p57-73 QE65, the inventors undertook a more permissive search for homologues with a core sequence PQ[ILMP][PST](SEQ ID NO:27) (Anderson et al., 2006)
  • Twelve gliadin, glutenin, hordein and secalin sequences were synthesised but only one, the ω-gliadin peptide, AAG17702 (141-157) was more active than medium alone. This ω-gliadin peptide, PQQPFPQPQLPFPQQSE (SEQ ID NO:28; AAD17702 (141-157)) was 32±6% as active as α-gliadin p57-73 QE65 when pre-treated with tTG or with glutamate at position 9, PQQPFPQPELPFPQQSE (SEQ ID NO:29) (25 μg/ml; mean±SEM, n=5 donors).
    • Epitopes for Intestinal Clones and In Vivo Gluten-Induced Peripheral Blood Polyclonal T Cells
  • The inventors then assessed deamidated 15mers encompassing epitopes reported for intestinal T cell clones: GLIA-20 PFRPQQPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:30) in its deamidated form PFRPEQPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:31), DQ2-γ-I PQQSFPQQQ (SEQ ID NO:32) in its deamidated form PQQSFPEQE (SEQ ID NO:33), DQ2-γ-II IQPQQPAQL (SEQ ID NO:34) in its deamidated form IQPEQPAQL (SEQ ID NO:35), DQ2-γ-III QQPQQPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:36) in its deamidated form EQPEQPYPE (SEQ ID NO:37), DQ2-γ-IV SQPQQQFPQ (SEQ ID NO:38) in its deamidated form SQPEQEFPQ (SEQ ID NO:39), Glu 5 QIPQQPQQF (SEQ ID NO:40) in its deamidated form QIPEQPQQF (SEQ ID NO:41), and Glt-156 PFSQQQQSPF (SEQ ID NO:42) in its deamidated form PFSEQQESPF (SEQ ID NO:43), and also DQ2-γ-V LQPQQPFPQQPQQPYPQQPQ (SEQ ID NO:44), and α-gliadin p31-49 LGQQQPFPPQQPYPQPQPF (SEQ ID NO:45) (over the range 0.1-100 μg/ml). In 8/9 HLA DQ2 celiac disease donors, IFNγ ELISpot responses to deamidated gliadin were detected (median 23, range: 13-153 SFU/million PBMC). FIG. 2 shows 7 donors responded to the variant of deamidated α-gliadin p57-73 QE65 with leucine at position 17 QLQPFPQPELPYPQPQL (SEQ ID NO:46) encompassing DQ2-α-I (SEQ ID NO:3) and DQ2-α-II (SEQ ID NO:4) (5 M) and a 33mer LQLQPFPQPELPYPQPELPYPQPELPYPQPQPF (SEQ ID NO:2; deamidated α2-gliadin 56-88) (5 M) encompassing overlapping tandem repeats of DQ2-α-I (SEQ ID NO:3) and DQ2-α-II (SEQ ID NO:4), and DQ2-α-III (SEQ ID NO:5). At an optimal concentration (50 μM), the difference between IFNγ ELISpot responses stimulated by the 17mer and 33mer were not significant. One donor responded to the 15mer encompassing deamidated DQ2-γ-IV (SEQ ID NO:39), but none of the other nine epitopes were recognised by PBMC collected on day 6 after wheat gluten challenge.
  • The inventors concluded that, in most individuals with HLA DQ2+ celiac disease, peptides encompassing DQ2-α-I (SEQ ID NO:3), DQ2-α-II (SEQ ID NO:4) or the related DQ2-α-III (SEQ ID NO:5) epitope make a substantial contribution to the T-cell stimulatory activity of gluten in vivo, but many other published gluten epitopes make little if any consistent contribution to the peptides recognised by CD4+ T cells induced in blood after gluten exposure in vivo. Conversely, other sequences that might have potent T stimulatory activity may have been overlooked because only a minority of gluten proteins have been systematically assessed in functional assays. A new approach was needed to comprehensively assess candidate T cell epitopes in gluten from wheat, rye and barley for their contribution to the gluten-specific T cell response associated with celiac disease.
  • Comprehensive Triticum aestivum Gliadin Peptide Library
  • In 2001, there were 111 entries in Genbank for T. aestivum α-, γ-, and ω-gliadin proteins. Traditional approaches to CD4+ T-cell epitope mapping with 15-20mer peptides overlapping by 10-12 amino acids spanning each polypeptide would have produced impractically large libraries to synthesise and screen. But phylogeny analysis and alignment of gliadin sequences by ClustalW indicate substantial sequence similarities within and between each phylogenetic sub-family of gliadins (Anderson, 1991). Alignment of polypeptides and systematic but not computer-assisted design indicated that a 652-member library of 20mers overlapping by 12 amino acids would be sufficient to encompass the unique 12mers in 111 gliadins entries then present in Genbank (see Table 3). Divided into 83 pools of up to 8 peptides with and without pre-treatment by tTG, this library was practical to screen before and on day-6 after gluten challenge (one well for each pool) using PBMC from 100 ml blood in overnight IFNγ ELISpot assays. A further collection of 100 ml blood on day-7 could then be used to verify findings and assess individual peptides in positive pools.
    • Disease Specificity of T Cell Responses to Gliadin Peptide Pools
  • In the initial study, the pilot gliadin library was assessed using overnight ELISpot assays to measure the frequencies of IFNγ-secreting T cells in blood from HLA-DQ2+DQ8− celiac disease donors on long-term gluten free diet (GFD) (n=9) and also healthy HLA-DQ2+DQ8− volunteers (n=9) on GFD for 4 weeks, long enough for gluten challenge to be able to induce peripheral blood T cells in celiac volunteers (Anderson et al., 2005). Amongst the healthy donors, increases in responses to three of 83 pools reached statistical significance following gluten challenge (p<0.05, Wilcoxon paired rank sum), but were inconsistent, weak and unaffected by deamidation (see FIG. 3).
  • Amongst the nine celiac subjects there were 7 “responders” who, on day-6 after commencing gluten challenge, had at least one peptide pool that stimulated a response more than 10 SFU/well and more than four times that elicited by medium alone (“background”). Comparing SFU on day-6 with day-0 in the 9 celiac disease donors, there was significant induction (p<0.05, one tail Wilcoxon paired rank sum) of T cells specific for 34 pools including one (pool 20) that was also weakly recognised by healthy donors after gluten challenge. Amongst celiac disease donors, tTG pre-treatment increased (p<0.05, one tail Wilcoxon paired rank sum) the frequency of peripheral blood T cells that recognised chymotrypsin pre-treated gliadin and also 11 of the peptide pools tested.
  • In order to define a hierarchy based upon the consistency and relative contribution of pools (or in later experiments, peptides) to the overall gliadin-specific T cell population, a “score” between 0 and 100 was calculated according to the average of “responder's”-IFNγ ELISpot (SFU/well) responses above “background” on day-6 or day-7 expressed as a percentage of their maximal response to any pool (or library peptide).
  • From the total of 83 tTG-treated pools, 18 (22%) had a “score” over 10 on day-6 and all were associated with significant induction of responses between day-0 and day-6, while 5/9 and 7/12 pools scoring between 5 and 10 or between 1 and 5, respectively, on day-6 were associated with significant induction of responses between day-0 and day 6. Six other pools were associated with significant induction of responses but had scores less than 1. During subsequent analysis of peptide libraries, a “score” of 5 or greater for pools or peptides was set as an arbitrary cut-off value for T cell responses to be considered “positive” and warranting further mapping.
  • It was also apparent from this initial experience that utilizing pools of gliadin peptides was relatively inefficient as almost one quarter of pools were positive and required deconvolution. In subsequent experiments, individual peptides rather than pools were assessed. To enable as many peptides to be screened as possible using PBMC from a single 300 ml blood collection, all peptides were tTG-treated (as tTG treatment was never associated with reduction in ELISpot responses) and libraries were screened only on day-6 or day-0.
  • In 4/7 “responders”, α- gliadin pools 10 or 12 with 20mers encompassing DQ2-ω-I (SEQ ID NO:3), DQ2-α-II (SEQ ID NO:4), and/or DQ2-α-III (SEQ ID NO:5) epitopes were the most active, and in the other 3 responders, ω-gliadin pool 81 was the most active. Overall, α-gliadin pool 12 had the highest score (78) and next was ω-gliadin pool 81 (72). Individual tTG-treated peptides from pools 7-13, 42-53, 68, and 78-82 were assessed with PBMC collected from 5/7 responders on day-7 (see FIG. 4).
  • In all cases, several peptides from each pool were reactive. Peptides encompassing DQ2-α-II (SEQ ID NO:4) and DQ2-α-I (SEQ ID NO:3) and/or DQ2-α-III (SEQ ID NO:5) epitopes were confirmed as the five most active in the gliadin 20mer library, but four w-gliadin 20mers from pools 80 and 81 were 53-65% as active as the most active α-gliadin 20mer. All four of the ω-gliadin 20mers included sequences homologous to DQ2-ω-I (SEQ ID NO:3) and/or DQ2-ω-II (SEQ ID NO:4): namely, QPFPQPQQPFPW (SEQ ID NO:47; W03; B01), PFPQPQQPIPV (SEQ ID NO:48; W04), QPFPQPQLPFPQ (SEQ ID NO:49; W06) encompassed in SEQ ID NO:28, and three included sequences reported to be recognised by DQ2-γ-VII epitope QQPQQPFPQ (SEQ ID NO:50) when deamidated to EQPEQPFPQ (SEQ ID NO:51) specific intestinal T cell clones.
  • FIG. 5 shows IFNγ ELISpot responses of PBMC from celiac disease donors after wheat challenge to fine map the immunogenic region of deamidated PQQPQQPQQPFPQPQQPFPWQP (SEQ ID NO:52) (as previously described in WO 2005/105129). Tissue transglutaminase-treated 15mers spanning SEQ ID NO:52 are expressed as a percentage of the most active 15mer for each donor (mean+SEM, n=8) (A). The T-cell stimulatory activity of SEQ ID NO:52 could be almost completely attributed to the deamidated sequence encompassing homologues of DQ2-α-I (SEQ ID NO:3) and DQ2-α-II (SEQ ID NO:4), QPFPQPQQPFPW (SEQ ID NO:47). FIG. 5B shows IFNγ ELISpot responses of PBMC from celiac disease donors after wheat challenge normalised against maximal individual donor responses to the Q3 E10 variant (mean+SEM, n=6). Deamidation of Q10 in QPQQPFPQPQQPFPWQP (SEQ ID NO:53) to QPQQPFPQPEQPFPWQP (SEQ ID NO:54) is sufficient to convey optimal immunogenicity and the double deamidated sequence, QPEQPFPQPEQPFPWQP (SEQ ID NO:55; W03-E7), is equivalent in bioactivity. FIG. 5C shows IFNγ ELISpot responses of PBMC from celiac disease donors after wheat (n=7), barley (n=9), or rye challenge (n=10) normalised against the most active lysine-substituted 15mer for individual donors (mean+SEM). Lysine-substitution of the central PQPEQPF sequence (SEQ ID NO:272) of NPL002: pyroEQPFPQPEQPFPWQP-amide (SEQ ID NO:229) (32 μg/ml) abolished the bioactivity of this peptide. Preincubation of PBMC from HLA DQA1*05 DQB1*02 homozygotes and heterozygotes with anti-HLA-DQ but not -DR abolished overnight IFNγ ELISpot responses to this peptide (data not shown).
  • The peptide hierarchy observed in the initial experiment was verified by separately assessing all 652 individual 20mers in the Pilot Gliadin library using PBMC collected 6 days after wheat challenge from 13 further HLA-DQ2 +8− donors (see FIG. 4). Again there was no clear difference in activity between 20mers including DQ2-α-II (SEQ ID NO:4) and DQ2-α-I (SEQ ID NO:3) and/or DQ2-α-III (SEQ ID NO:5), suggesting that fresh polyclonal T cells are rarely specific for DQ2-α-I (SEQ ID NO:3) but not DQ2-α-III (SEQ ID NO:5) or vice versa.
  • PBMC from 6 HLA-DQ2 +8+ celiac disease donors on day-6 after commencing wheat challenge were screened against each of the 652 individual 20mers in the Pilot gliadin library (see FIG. 4). The α-gliadin peptides that were most active in HLA-DQ2 +8− celiac disease donors were also the most active in 4 HLA-DQ2 +8+ celiac disease donors after gluten challenge.
  • PBMC from 6 HLA-DQ2 +8+ celiac disease donors on day-6 after commencing 3-day challenge with pure rye were screened against each of the 652 individual 20mers in the Pilot gliadin library (see FIG. 4). The hierarchy of T-cell stimulatory gliadin 20mers was strikingly different from that observed after challenge with wheat (see FIG. 4). T cells measured by the overnight IFNγ ELISpot assay in blood after rye challenge rarely recognised 20mers including DQ2-α-I (SEQ ID NO:3), DQ2-α-II (SEQ ID NO:4), or DQ2-α-III (SEQ ID NO:5) epitopes. Instead the ω-gliadin 20mers including QPFPQPQQPFPW (SEQ ID NO:47) and QPFPQPQQPIPV (SEQ ID NO:48) were immunodominant.
  • This observation suggested that although T cell clones raised against deamidated wheat gluten or gliadin in vitro may often be promiscuous in their recognition of immunodominant gliadin peptides as reported by Vader et al., 2003, fresh polyclonal T cells induced by in vivo gluten challenge do discriminate between closely related sequences. Hence, the conclusion by Vader et al., 2003 that the T cell stimulatory activity of hordeins and secalins from barley and rye was substantially attributable to the deamidated variants of sequences PFPQPQQPF (SEQ ID NO:9) and PQPQQPFPQ (SEQ ID NO:11) being homologues of DQ2-α-I (SEQ ID NO:3) and DQ2-α-II (SEQ ID NO:4) was not confirmed using fresh PBMC from celiac disease donors after in vivo challenge with rye. Furthermore, it was apparent that a substantial proportion of T cells specific for the dominant sequences QPFPQPQQPFPW (SEQ ID NO:47) and PFPQPQQPIPV (SEQ ID NO:48) induced by rye challenge in vivo did not recognise DQ2-α-I (SEQ ID NO:3), DQ2-α-II (SEQ ID NO:4), or DQ2-α-III (SEQ ID NO:5) epitopes.
  • Furthermore, when compared to T cells specific for the immunodominant α- and ω-gliadin peptides, T cells specific for many epitopes reported for gliadin-specific T cell clones make little or no contribution to the overall gliadin-specific T cell population present in blood on day-6 of wheat challenge (see FIG. 2). Therefore, the inventors concluded that the immunodominance and relevance of gluten epitopes previously reported for intestinal T cell lines and clones in vitro frequently diverges from that measured by an overnight assay of polyclonal T cells in blood freshly isolated from celiac disease donors after in vivo gluten challenge.
  • Next the inventors sought to confirm and extend the hierarchy of T-cell stimulatory peptides to all gluten proteins from bread-making wheat (T. aestivum), barley and rye in HLA-DQ2 +8− celiac disease donors. To deal with the increasing number of gluten proteins in the NCBI Genbank and to design peptide libraries for LMW glutenins, HMW glutenins, hordeins and secalins, the inventors developed a novel algorithm to design customised libraries of minimal size to accommodate all unique sequences of, for example, 12mers within longer peptides, for example, 20mers. Beissbarth, T., et al., 2005. 20mer libraries encompassing all unique 12mers allowed wheat gluten to be assessed with PBMC from two 300 ml blood samples, and hordeins and secalins each with a single 300 ml blood collection. Comprehensive 20mer libraries were designed and synthesised as screening grade Pepsets (see Table 3), encompassing all unique 12mers in Genbank polypeptide entries present in June 2003 for gliadins (108 entries, 721 20mers encompassing 4465 unique 12mer candidate epitopes), LMW glutenins (77 entries, 645 20mers, 3945 12mer candidates) and HMW glutenins (55 entries, 786 20mers, 4799 12mer candidates) of T. aestivum, hordeins of H. vulgare (59 entries, 416 20mers, 2672 12mer candidates), and secalins of S. cereale (14 entries, 155 20mers, 957 12mer candidates).
  • PBMC from HLA-DQ2 +8− celiac disease donors collected on day-6 after commencing 3-day wheat challenge were used to screen the tTG-treated gliadin library and half the LMW glutenin library (n=20), and the second half of the LMW glutenin library and HMW glutenin library (n=26). PBMC from 21 celiac disease donors 6 days after commencing barley challenge were used to screen the hordein library, and PBMC from 19 further donors 6-days after commencing rye challenge were used to screen the secalin library. IFNγ ELISpot responses to tTG-treated Pepset library peptides were above background levels in 27/46 donors after wheat challenge, in 12/21 after barley challenge and 8/19 after rye challenge.
  • To facilitate selection of 20mers for fine mapping in “second round” libraries, the inventors adapted an expectation maximization (EM) approach used for analysis of microarray data (Beissbarth et al. (2005). All individual donor datasets were analysed by the EM algorithm to derive the variables λ and p to describe the IFNγ ELISpot response to each 20mer. The variable λ describes the relative strength of the ELISpot response, and the variable p describes the proportion of donors responding. Each first round library 20mer was fine mapped in second round libraries if the product of λp was at least 5% of the most active first round library peptide for each grain.
  • Second round libraries were designed by reducing selected 20mers to 9 overlapping 12mers. If any 12mer incorporated glutamine at position 7 and it conformed to the deamidation motif defined for tTG (QXPX3, or QXX2[F,Y,W,I,L,V], where X1 and X3 are not proline) then a 16mer was designed, whereby the 12mer with glutamine at position 7 was flanked by the native residues at positions −1 and 13 and by glycine at positions −2 and 14. This strategy allowed the central, potentially deamidated glutamine residue to be accommodated at anchor positions 4, 6 or 7 in any potential 9mer HLA-DQ2-peptide-binding sequence. If selected 20mers did not include any 12mer sequences with glutamine at position 7, then two 16mers overlapping by 12 residues were synthesised. Some second round 16mers with a central glutamine residue susceptible to tTG-mediated deamidation were also synthesised with glutamine replaced by glutamate (in silico deamidation).
  • The wheat second round library consisted of 551 16mers (including 113 glutamate-substituted 16mers) that were tested using PBMC from 34 celiac disease donors after wheat challenge (including 26 responders), the barley library had eighty-nine 16mers and included 9 substituted with glutamate that were tested using PBMC from 10 celiac disease donors after barley challenge (including 8 responders), and the rye library had sixty-four 16mers and included 11 substituted with glutamate that was tested using PBMC from 11 celiac disease donors after rye challenge (including 11 responders).
  • Hierarchy of stimulatory peptides was clearly demonstrated for each grain (see FIG. 6). Amongst the combined 652 20mers in the gliadin Pilot and 2723 20mers in the Comprehensive libraries, 34 (1%) had a score ≥30, 300 (9%) had a score ≥5, while 2111 had a score of 0. One hundred and seventy-one of the 300 (57%) tTG-treated first round 20mers with scores of ≥5 generated second-round tTG-treated 16mers with scores ≥5, and amongst these second round 16mers there were 89 unique sequences (see FIG. 7). These 89 confirmed T-cell stimulatory sequences in the second round included 32 derived from gliadins, 1 from LMW glutenins, 4 from HMW glutenins, 30 from hordeins, and 29 from secalins, 5 were common to prolamin families in two different grains and 1 was in three prolamin families in all three grains.
  • All 89 confirmed T cell stimulatory 16mers contained proline and/or glutamine.
  • Bioactivity following deamidation of second round peptides by tTG was the same as synthesising peptides with glutamate replacing glutamine residues predicted to be susceptible to tTG (data not shown).
  • Exceptions to the requirement for deamidation were the closely related but infrequently recognised HMW glutenin 16mers W21 QGQQGYYPISPQQSGQ (SEQ ID NO:91), W22 QGQPGYYPTSPQQIGQ (SEQ ID NO:92), W24 PGQGQSGYYPTSPQQS (SEQ ID NO:95), and W29 GQGQSGYYPTSPQQSG (SEQ ID NO:104), and the gliadin W36 QYEVIRSLVLRTLPNM (SEQ ID NO:116). Peptides were considered “dominant” for a particular celiac donor if they elicited at least 70% of the response of the most active peptide in each library for that donor. In the wheat, rye and barley second round, ten 16mers and thirty-one 12mers with corresponding glutamate substituted sequences (SEQ ID NOs:47, 48, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 89, 90, 91, 92, 95, 102, 103, 104, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 136, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 177, 178, 179, 180, 183, 184, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 209, 210) were dominant in at least 1 donor, while only four 16mers and twenty-one 12mers (with corresponding glutamate-substituted variants) were dominant in more than 10% of donors (SEQ ID NOs:47, 48, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 80, 81, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 136, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 179, 180, 183, 184, 187, 188, 191, 192). The highest scoring second round wheat gluten-, hordein- and secalin-derived 16mers were dominant in more than 50% and overall were recognised by more than 80% of donors.
  • The hierarchy and dominance of stimulatory peptides was strikingly different according to the grain consumed (see FIG. 8). The stimulatory capacity of peptides sharing the sequence motif QQPFPQPEQP(F,I)P(W,L,Y,Q)(Q,S) was not specific to any grain, ω-gliadin 17mer W03-E7 QPEQPFPQPEQPFPWQP (SEQ ID NO:55) was consistently the most active of this family and is the universal dominant T cell stimulatory peptide in gluten. Other peptides were dominant almost exclusively after only one grain. For example, the α-gliadin 17mer QLQPFPQPELPYPQPQP (SEQ ID NO:225; encompassing SEQ ID NO:62 (W02-E7) including DQ2-α-I (SEQ ID NO:3), and DQ2-α-II (SEQ ID NO:4)) was dominant only after wheat gluten challenge, the hordein 16mer B08-E7 PQQPIPEQPQPYPQQP (SEQ ID NO:318; encompassing SEQ ID NO:127 (B06-E7)) only after barley gluten challenge, and the secalin sequence QPFPQQPEQIIPQQ (SEQ ID NO:323; encompassing SEQ ID NO:190 (R11-E7)) only after rye gluten challenge. Other peptides including the motif QPFP(W,L,Y,V,I)QPEQPFPQ elicited relatively stronger responses after barley or rye than wheat gluten challenge. The “grain specificity” of dominant T-cell stimulatory peptides provided a functional definition for redundancy of T cell recognition that compliments the traditional approach to determination of cross-reactivity based on T cell clones.
  • T cell clones were raised from intestinal biopsies or PBMC from celiac disease donors to dominant deamidated peptides. The cytokine profiles of T-cell clones were Th1 or Th0, and all were HLA-DQ2 restricted. Minimal core sequences were determined using lysine scans of the parent peptide. T cell clones raised against NPL001 (SEQ ID NO:228) were specific for DQ2-α-I (SEQ ID NO:3) or DQ2-α-II (SEQ ID NO:4), and against NPL002 (SEQ ID NO:229) were specific for DQ2-ω-I PFPQPEQPF (SEQ ID NO:10) or DQ2-ω-II PQPEQPFPW (SEQ ID NO:15). Single T cell clones raised against NPL003 (SEQ ID NO:230) were specific for DQ2-Hor-I PIPEQPQPY (SEQ ID NO:17), and the fully deamidated variant of SEQ ID NO:189, pyroEQPFPEQPEQIIPQQP-amide (SEQ ID NO:226; NPL004) (core 9mer not determined, DQ2-SEC-I). One further clone raised against deamidated gliadin was specific for W11-E7 QAFPQPEQTFPH (SEQ ID NO:74) (9mer core not determined). Each of the clones were screened against the second round tTG-treated gliadin/glutenin, hordein, and secalin libraries and also a further Verification 18mer library (see Table 3) encompassing all unique 10mers encoded by T. aestivum gliadins, H. vulgare hordeins and S. cereale secalins in their wild-type sequence and with in silico deamidation (glutamate replacing glutamine according to the tTG deamidation motif). There was little cross-reactivity of clones for dominant stimulatory peptides, but substantial redundancy of peptide recognition for many of sub-dominant gluten peptides. Altogether, 11 clones specific for 6 epitopes, DQ2-α-I (SEQ ID NO:3), DQ2-α-II (SEQ ID NO:4), DQ2-ω-I (SEQ ID NO:10), DQ2-ω-II (SEQ ID NO:15), DQ2-Hor-I (SEQ ID NO:17), and DQ2-Sec-I (SEQ ID NO:226) present in 4 dominant T cell stimulatory peptides, W02-E7, W03-E7, B08-E2E7, and R11-E4E7 (SEQ ID NOs:62, 55, 319, 322 respectively) recognised 22/37 gliadin/glutenin, 26/30 hordein, and 22/29 secalin sequences confirmed as stimulatory peptides in FIG. 7.
  • IFNγ ELISpot assay using PBMC collected from HLA-DQ2+ celiac disease donors after gluten challenge with muffins made from an equal mixture of wheat, barley and rye flour was used to compare the relative frequency of T cells specific for W02-E7, W03-E7, B08-E2E7, and R11-E4E7 (SEQ ID NOs:62, 55, 319, 322 respectively), together with an atypical rare dominant gliadin peptide W36 (SEQ ID NO:116) and an oat avenin homologue of Av-9A QYQPYPEQEQPILQQ (SEQ ID NO:323; see FIG. 9A). The response to the equimolar mixture of W02-E7, W03-E7, B08-E2E7 (SEQ ID NOs:62, 55, 319; Cocktail 2) at an optimal concentration was no different from the mixture of 6 peptides, but clearly greater than W02-E7 (SEQ ID NOs:62) and/or W03-E7 (SEQ ID NOs:55). When Cocktail 2 (50 μM) was assessed after either wheat, barley or rye gluten challenge it stimulated IFNγ ELISpot responses equivalent to at least two-thirds of that stimulated by optimal concentrations of tTG-treated gliadin, hordein, or ω-secalin (320 μg/ml), respectively (see FIGS. 9B, C, and D).
  • To improve their chemical stability and increase resistance to exopeptidases, peptides were synthesised as acetate salts of “capped” N-pyroglutamate, C-amide: NPL001 (SEQ ID NO:228), NPL002 (SEQ ID NO:229) and NPL003 (SEQ ID NO:230) 15mers or 16mers with glutamate at sites predicted to be deamidated by tTG. Indeed, capping extended the half-lives of peptides from 10-12 minutes for free peptides: NPL033, NPL038, and NPL034 (SEQ ID NOs:13, 320 and 321) after bolus intradermal injection of 0.9 mg in 0.1 ml in an adult rat to 26-28 minutes with N-pyroglutamate and C-amidation (SEQ ID NOs:228, 229 and 230) or 19-24 minutes with N-acetylation and C-amidation (SEQ ID NOs:231, 232, and 233), (see Table 4). Bioavailability, as measured by area under the curve analysis, was also substantially increased by as much as thirty-four times with addition of N-pyroglutamate or N-acetyl, and C-amidation capping.
  • TABLE 4
    Pharmacokinetics of derivatised T-cell stimulatory peptides.
    Free N-
    and C-terminals N-Acetyl and C-amide N-pyroGlu and C-amide
    LQPFPQPELPYPQPQ N-Acetyl- pyroE-
    (SEQ ID NO: 13) QLQPFPQPELPYPQPQ- LQPFPQPELPYPQPQ-
    NPL033 amide amide
    T½ 10.2 minutes (SEQ ID NO: 231) (SEQ ID NO: 228)
    AUC 2618 NPL030 NPL001
    T½ 19.4 minutes T½ 28.20 minutes
    AUC 43474 AUC 89350
    PQQPFPQPEQPFPWQP N-Acetyl- pyroE-
    (SEQ ID NO: 320) QQPFPQPEQPFPWQP- QPFPQPEQPFPWQP-
    T½ 13.2 minutes amide amide
    AUC 22393 (SEQ ID NO: 232) (SEQ ID NO: 229)
    NPL031 NPL002
    T½ 22.9 minutes T½ 27.18 minutes
    AUC 80263 AUC 81514
    FPEQPIPEQPQPYPQQ N-Acetyl- pyroE-
    (SEQ ID NO: 321) FPEQPIPEQPQPYPQQ- PEQPIPEQPQPYPQQ-
    T½ 12.5 minutes amide amide
    AUC 8206 (SEQ ID NO: 233) (SEQ ID NO: 230)
    NPL032 NPL003
    T½ 24.2 minutes T½ 25.98 minutes
    AUC 79439 AUC 51390
    T½ half life, and AUC area under the curve (bioavailability) after intradermal bolus injection 0.9 mg in 0.1 ml saline of equimolar mixture of NPL001+2+3, NPL033+38+34, or NPL030+31+32
  • The inventors findings support the notion that peptides encompassing epitopes present in NPL001 (SEQ ID NO:228), NPL002 (SEQ ID NO:229) and NPL003 (SEQ ID NO:230), are dominant, non-redundant, and consistently contribute a substantial proportion of the T-cell stimulatory activity of gluten. These 3 peptides or the epitopes within them are therefore likely to be critical to the design of a peptide-based therapeutic vaccine or in functional diagnostics that are consistently applicable to HLA-DQ2-associated celiac disease.
  • These findings emphasise that in vitro approaches reliant on expansion of rare antigen-specific T cells frequently do not necessarily translate to epitopes relevant in vivo after acute disease reactivation. Indeed the majority of non-redundant dominant T cell stimulatory peptides identified in the present study have not been previously described in functional studies utilising T cell clones and lines. Since comprehensive epitope mapping using T cells elicited in vivo by the pathogenic antigen has not been carried out previously, this study provides the first true test of an in vitro approach to mapping epitopes relevant to an immune human disease. The prior art does not describe the manner in which non-redundant dominant T cell stimulatory peptides would be selected for peptide-based immunotherapy to maximise the number of T cells targeted in the greatest number of patients while also minimising the number of peptides to simplify formulation.
  • However, additional peptides are likely to add to the T cell stimulatory capacity and consistency of donor T cell responses of this mixture after wheat, barley or rye challenge. Gluten peptides with the highest “scores” but not recognised by T cell clones specific for DQ2-α-I (SEQ ID NO:3), DQ2-α-II (SEQ ID NO:4), DQ2-ω-I (SEQ ID NO:10), DQ2-ω-II (SEQ ID NO:15), or DQ2-Hor-I (SEQ ID NO:17) are the most likely to add further to the T cell stimulatory capacity of the mixture. Increasing the proportion of gluten-specific T cells consistently targeted by a peptide mixture is likely to improve its therapeutic or diagnostic utility for HLA-DQ2 +8− celiac disease, but may also complicate formulation, compromise chemical stability, and increase the likelihood of adverse effects.
  • On the other hand, NPL001 (SEQ ID NO:228) could be substituted with a single peptide, for example, including the sequence LPYPQPELPYPQ (SEQ ID NO:60; W01-E7) recognised by T cell clones specific for DQ2-α-I (SEQ ID NO:3), and also T cell clones DQ2-α-II (SEQ ID NO:4). Alternatively, NPL001 (SEQ ID NO:228) could be substituted for two separate peptides, one recognised by T cell clones specific for DQ2-α-I (SEQ ID NO:3), and the other recognised by T cell clones specific for DQ2-α-II (SEQ ID NO:4). The same principle could be applied to NPL002 (SEQ ID NO:229) and NPL003 (SEQ ID NO:230). This may be advantageous to improve formulation and stability.
    • Example 3: NexVax2 in Mouse Model
  • The optimal administration and dose regimen of a peptide-based therapeutic vaccine to induce clinical tolerance to gluten and remission of celiac disease while consuming gluten is not known. However, an essential property of any peptide-based therapeutic would be its ability to activate cognate T cells in the target organ in vivo.
  • The interaction between NPL001 (SEQ ID NO:228) and cognate T cells in vivo has been modelled by developing transgenic Black-6 mice expressing functional HLA-DR3 and -DQ2 (but not murine MHC Class II molecules) on antigen presenting cells (APC) who are transferred 3×106 CFSE labelled CD4+ T cells specific for NPL001 (Chen Z., et al., 2006). The donor mouse (HH8-1) is transgenic for the NPL001-specific T cell receptor and human CD4 expressed on T cells, and also expresses HLA-DR3 DQ2 on APC. Overall 96% of the CD4+ T cells in the HH8-1 mouse are clonal and specific for NPL001 (results not shown).
  • Four days after subcutaneous administration (in the hind foot hock) of an equimolar mixture of NPL001, NPL002 and NPL003 in 50 μl saline, spleen, gut-draining mesenteric lymph nodes (MLN) and the local draining popliteal lymph nodes (PLN) are harvested. Isolated mononuclear cells are stained for hCD4, and the T-cell receptor α- and β-chains expressed on the HH8-1 NPL001-specific T cells (Vα8 and Vβ8). Proliferation of transferred CFSE labelled cells is measured as the % of CFSEpos cells having undergone one or more division, as indicated by dilution of CFSE staining. FIG. 10 shows dose dependent proliferation of T cells specific for NPL001 is observed following subcutaneous administration of between 0.9 and 30 μg, half-maximal response is achieved with 5 μg. No clinical toxicity is observed with these or doses as high as 900 μg, despite the T cells having a Th1 phenotype and secreting IFNγ upon stimulation with NPL001.
  • This mouse model has the potential to allow the demonstration of (i) proof-of-principle, (ii) mechanism of action and (iii) optimisation of dose regime for the induction of tolerance following administration of NexVax2 therapeutic vaccine (an equimolar mixture of NPL001, NPL002 and NPL003 in saline). In the previous mouse studies the inventors have demonstrated that a single dose of NexVax2, or the relevant peptide component NPL001, is bioactive in vivo. Administration of NPL001 induces proliferation of HH8-1 gliadin-specific T cells in an adoptive transfer model at the highest dose to be administered in Phase 1b human clinical trials. The dose response for the activation of transgenic NPL001-specific T cells was subsequently determined. Based on this preliminary data, the ability of NexVax2 therapeutic vaccine to modulate gliadin-specific T cell responses and mechanism of action can be addressed in a biologically relevant mouse model.
  • The objective of the study was to determine whether repeat administration of the therapeutic vaccine, NexVax2, using a regime designed to induce immunological tolerance is capable of modulating the gliadin-specific T cell response in a gliadin-specific TCR-Tg mouse model.
  • Animals were identified, allocated to experimental groups and treated as in Table 5 below.
  • TABLE 5
    Allocation of animals to experimental groups.
    Mouse Number
    Group Dose of NexVax2 Number of Doses Number per group
    A 10 μg 14 daily dose 5A1, 5A2 2
    B 3 μg 14 daily dose 5B1, 5B2 2
    C 1 μg 14 daily dose 5C1, 5C2 2
    D 0.3 μg 14 daily dose 5D1, 5D2 2
    E 0 (Saline control) 14 daily dose 5E 1
    F 10 μg 1 dose on final 5F 1
    day of treat-
    ment regime
  • The intradermal/subcutaneous route of administration was selected as this is the intended route of administration in man. The dosage was selected to cover the dose-response range that resulted in stimulation of all glaidin-specific T cells in the adoptive transfer model (10 μg) to low dose (0.3 μg) that did not result in proliferation of CFSE-labelled gliadin-specific TCR-Tg T cells in the previous study (Nexpep3).
  • All peptides were GMP grade. The formulations were prepared by Nexpep Pty Ltd, and the concentration of peptide was adjusted for purity. NexVax2 consists of 3 peptides (NPL001, NPL002 and NPL003) each at 6 mg/ml in saline.
  • The stated dose is the quantity of each peptide in NexVax2, not the total peptide concentration (i.e., 10 μg NexVax2 contains 10 μg NPL001, 10 μg NPL002 and 10 μg NPL003). NPL001 was provided at 6 mg/ml in saline. Peptides were stored at −80° C. prior to injection.
  • Animals and management All experiments were carried out with the approval of the University of Melbourne Animal Ethics Committee, AEC Register No 0707287.
  • Fourteen female HH8-1 and 4 hCD4.IAE−/−.DR3.DQ2 transgenic mice on the C57BL/6 background were used. All mice were bred at the University of Melbourne, Department of Microbiology and Immunology Animal Facility. Mice were raised on a gluten-free diet (SF07-036) supplied by Specialty Feeds Pty Ltd, Perth Western Australia. Each animal was numbered by ear-punching according to the Animal Facility protocol which identified it individually within the study and which corresponded to that animal's number. The animals were housed individually or in groups of up to 4 mice in cages with stainless steel grid tops and solid bottoms. Wood shavings were used as bedding, and tissues supplied for nesting material. Each cage was supplied with a water bottle containing acidified water and food hopper containing gluten-free mouse food. The room was maintained between 21° C. and 24° C. The range for relative humidity was 37-58%. A 12 hour light/dark cycle was in operation (light hours 0700-1900) with a minimum of 15 air changes per hour.
  • NexVax2 was diluted to 200 μg/ml in sterile saline, aliquoted and stored at −80° C. for use. For each treatment, an aliquot was thawed and diluted in sterile saline. Groups of female HH8-1 mice (n=2) were injected subcutaneously on the flank with 50 μl containing a titrating dose of NexVax2 (10 μg, 3 μg, 1 μg and 0.3 μg) diluted in saline or saline alone. Mice were injected daily for 14 days. One mouse received a single dose of 10 μg NexVax2 on the final day of the treatment regime.
  • Mice were monitored daily for swelling or irritation at the injection site, symptoms of adverse systemic response (hunched or ruffled appearance, lethargy, shivering, moribund). The onset, intensity and duration of any signs were recorded.
  • A blood sample was collected from the retro-orbital sinus prior to administration of peptide and by cardiac puncture following CO2 euthanasia at the completion of the experiment. Blood was stored at 4° C. overnight, the clot removed and serum collected following centrifugation. Sera were stored at −80° C. for future analysis if required.
  • Mice were killed by CO2 euthanasia 3 days after the final administration of peptide and the spleens were collected. Single cell suspensions were prepared by sieving through 70 μm nylon mesh cell strainers. Red blood cells were removed from spleens by Tris ammonium chloride lysis. CD4+ T cells were isolated by negative depletion using the CD4+ T cell isolation kit (Miltenyi Biotech) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Gliadin-specific T cells were enriched from the spleens of 4 naïve HH8-1 mice using the same protocol. APC were prepared from the spleens of three hCD4.IAE−/−.DR3-DQ2 transgenic mice. Single cell suspensions were prepared as above. Splenocytes were gamma irradiated (2,200 rads) before use as APC.
  • Cells were phenotyped by antibody staining and FACS analysis. Gliadin-specific CD4+ T cells were identified by staining with TCR Vα8.3 and human CD4, and surface stained with anti-CD25 and anti-GITR monoclonal antibodies. Intracellular FoxP3 expression was determined using a FoxP3 staining kit (eBiosciences) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Samples were fixed in FACS fixative (1% paraformaldehyde, 2% glucose in PBS) and analysed by flow cytometry on the LSR II (BD Bioscience). IFNγ and IL-10 producing T cells were identified by intracellular cytokine staining following stimulation with PMA/Ionomycin.
  • Briefly, 1×106 splenoctyes from treated mice were cultured for 6 hours in complete DMEM (DMEM supplemented with 10% heat inactivated foetal calf serum, 2 mM glutamine, non-essential amino acids, 50 μM 2-mercaptoethanol, penicillin and streptomycin) and 5 μg/ml Brefeldin A with or without 50 ng/ml PMA and 500 ng/ml Ionomycin. Cells were then stained for the surface molecules (TCR Vβ8.3 and human CD4), washed then fixed with 1% paraformaldehyde/30 minutes, washed twice and then incubated with anti-IFNγ or anti-IL-10 antibody diluted in PBS containing 0.2% Saponin. Samples were analysed by flow cytometry on the LSR II (BD Bioscience) gating on TCR Vβ8.3+, human CD4+ lymphocytes.
  • 2×104 purified T cells from each mouse were cultured in triplicate in round-bottomed 96 well plates in complete DMEM with 3×105 gamma-irradiated APC in the presence or absence of 2 μg/ml NPL001 at 37° C./5% CO2. Following 72 hours of culture, supernatants were collected and stored at −80° C. for analysis of the cytokine secretion.
  • Samples were tested for the presence of mouse IL-2, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-10, IL-12p70, TNFα and IFNγ by cytometric bead array flexset (CBA, BD Bioscience) according to the manufacturers' instructions. Samples were analysed by flow cytometry on the FACS Canto (BD Biosciences), and data analysed using FCAP Array software (BD Bioscience).
  • Supernatants from cultured splenocytes were tested neat and at 1:10 dilution. The concentration of cytokine was determined against the provided standards diluted from 2500-10 μg/ml.
  • 2×104 purified CD4 T cells from NexVax2-treated HH8-1 mice were cultured with irradiated syngeneic spleen cells (2,200 rads, 3×105/well) in triplicate assays in the presence of 0, 0.02, 0.2, 2 or 10 μg/ml NPL001 peptide. For suppression assays, 2×104 naïve HH8-1 CD4 T cells (responders) were cultured with an equal number (1:1) of CD4+ T cells from NexVax2-treated mice, titrated NPL001 peptide and irradiated syngeneic spleen cells (2,200 rads, 3×105/well) in triplicate assays. In a separate assay naïve responders were cultured with CD4+ T cells from NexVax2-treated mice at responder:suppresssor ratios of 1:1, 3:1 and 9:1 in the presence of sub-optimal concentration of NPL001 peptide (0.2 μg/ml) and APC.
  • T cell proliferation was measured by the addition of 1 μCi 3H-thymidine for the last 24 hours of the 96 hour cultures. Results are recorded as counts per minute (cpm), with the mean of each triplicate plotted and error bars representing the standard deviation.
  • RNA was extracted from 5×105-2×106 purified T cells from NexVax2 treated mice using RNAeasy Plus™ RNA extraction kit (QIAGEN) according to the manufacturers instructions. RNA was stored at −80° C. for future analysis if required.
  • Mice were monitored daily for any apparent adverse response following treatment. There were no unscheduled deaths during the observation period. There were no systemic adverse signs noted in any animal during the observation period. All mice remained apparently healthy, with no observable decline in activity or appearance. No local inflammation at the site of injection was observed in the mice immunised with peptide in saline or saline alone.
    • Phenotype Analysis
  • Peptide immunotherapy has been associated with the induction of peripheral tolerance mediated by the induction of thymically derived or de novo generated CD4+CD25+ FoxP3+ regulatory T (Treg) cells. Additionally, such induction is associated with generation of IL-10 secreting peptide induced Treg cells. The effect of repeat administration of NexVax2 on the number and phenotype of splenic gliadin-specific T cells was determined. Gliadin-specific T cells in the spleen were identified by TCR Vβ8.3 and CD4 expression. The proportion of gliadin-specific T cells in the lymphocyte gate and the total number per spleen was determined. See FIG. 11, which shows repeat administration of NexVax2 leads to the reduction in the proportion (A) and number (B) of gliadin-specific CD4+ T cells in the spleen. HH8-1 gliadin-specific TCR transgenic mice were injected subcutaneously daily for 14 days with the indicated amount of NexVax2. Spleens were harvested 3 days after the final injection, processed and stained with antibodies to identify transgenic T cells (Vβ8.3 and hCD4). The total number of transgenic T cells was calculated from the total cell spleen cell counts. Dots indicate individual mice.
  • Treatment with multiple doses NexVax2 at the highest dose tested (10 μg) resulted in an apparent decrease in both the proportion and number of gliadin-specific T cells by approximately 50-65%, suggesting either antigen-induced cell death or recruitment of these cells away from the spleen.
  • In order to determine whether the repeat administration of NexVax2 induced a Treg population, gliadin-specific T cells were identified by TCR Vβ8.3 and CD4 expression and the proportion of these expressing CD25 and FoxP3 (see FIG. 12A) or CD25 and GITR (see FIG. 12B) determined. FIG. 12 shows repeat administration of NexVax2 leads to the induction of Treg cells. HH8-1 gliadin-specific TCR transgenic mice were injected subcutaneously daily for 14 days with the indicated amount of NexVax2. Spleens were harvested 3 days after the final injection, processed and stained with antibodies to TCR Vα8.3, CD4, CD25, FoxP3 and GITR. FACS plots of gliadin-specific, CD4 lymphocytes expression CD25 and FoxP3 (A) or CD25 and GITR (B) are shown. Treatment with multiple doses of 10 μg or 3 μg NexVax2 resulted in an increased proportion of gliadin-specific Treg cells in the spleen in a dose-dependent manner. Glucocorticoid-Induced TNF Receptor (GITR) is expressed predominantly on CD25+ Treg cells. Staining revealed that the CD25+ population of gliadin-specific T cells co-expressed GITR. The percentage of GITR+ cells increased in proportion with the expression of CD25 following NexVax2 administration.
  • The proportion of gliadin-specific T cells with the capacity to produce IFNγ or IL-directly ex-vivo in response to non-specific activation was examined. Splenocytes were cultured with and without PMA/Ionomycin in the presence of Brefeldin A. IFNγ and IL-production by gliadin-specific T cells was determined by flow cytometry. FIG. 13 shows repeat administration of NexVax2 results in an increase in the proportion of IFNγ and IL-10 producing cells directly ex vivo. HH8-1 mice received daily subcutaneous. administration of 10, 3, 1, or 0.3 μg NexVax2 in saline or saline alone for 14 days, or a single administration of 10 μg NexVax2 on day-14. Three days after the final injection, mice were killed and the proportion of splenic TCR Vβ8.3/hCD4+ cells expressing IFNγ (A) or IL-10 (B) was determined by intracellular cytokine staining and flow cytometry following a 6 hour incubation in the presence or absence of PMA/Ionomycin. Dots represent individual mice and the dotted line indicates the proportion of cytokine positive cells in naïve HH8-1 mice.
  • Repeat administration of 10 μg NexVax2 resulted in an increased proportion of IFNγ producing gliadin-specific T cells, and a small but consistent increase in the proportion of IL-10 producing gliadin-specific T cells. Repeat administration of 1 or 3 μg NexVax2 resulted in an increase in the frequency of IFNγ producing T cells in one of the two mice tested in each group.
    • Proliferative Response to Peptide
  • The proliferative capacity of gliadin-specific T cells following repeat administration of NexVax2 was examined in order to determine whether these cells have an anergic phenotype. Failure to proliferate in vitro is a feature of both CD25+/FoxP3+ Treg cells and IL-10 producing peptide-induced Treg cells. This reduction in the ability to proliferate is reversible by the addition of IL-2 to cultures.
  • Purified CD4+ splenic T cells were cultured in the presence of gamma-irradiated APC from hCD4.IAE−/−.DR3.DQ2 transgenic mice and graded concentrations of cognate peptide, NPL001. Proliferation was measured by the incorporation of 3H-Thymidine for the final 24 hours of the 4 day culture (see FIG. 14A). FIG. 14 shows the proliferative capacity of gliadin-specific T cells to cognate antigen is diminished following repeat administration of NexVax2 and restored in the presence of IL-2. HH8-1 mice received daily subcutaneous administration of 10, 3, 1, or 0.3 μg NexVax2 in saline or saline alone for 14 days, or a single administration of 10 μg NexVax2 on day-14. Three days after the final injection, mice were killed and CD4+ T cells purified and cultured with NPL001 peptide and irradiated APCs in the presence or absence of 10 U/ml IL-2. After 72 hours, wells were pulsed with 1 μCi 3H-Thymidine for 24 hours and plates were harvested and counted.
  • A. Proliferative response of mice treated with indicated dose of NexVax2 to 0.2 μg/ml NPL001 peptide.
  • B. Proliferative dose-response of naïve and repeat administration of 10 μg NexVax2 to NPL001.
  • Error bars represent standard deviation of triplicate cultures.
  • T cells from antigen naïve, saline-treated mice proliferated well in response to NPL001, whereas T cells from NexVax2-treated mice showed a substantial reduction in their capacity to respond to NPL001, particularly evident at sub-optimal peptide concentration (0.2 μg/ml). Repeat administration with 10 μg NexVax2 led to a 90-97% reduction in the proliferative response to 0.2 μg/ml NPL001. The reduction in proliferation was dose dependent, and even the lowest dose administered (0.3 μg) resulted in a 20-37% reduction in proliferation at sub-optimal peptide concentrations. The addition of 10 U/ml IL-2 to the cultures induced a low level of proliferation in the absence of peptide (approximately twice the background), however in the presence of peptide the unresponsive state of T cells from NexVax2-treated mice was reversed, such that the response of peptide-treated mice was the equivalent to the saline-treated control.
  • Failure to proliferate in response to NexVax2 administration was observed over a range of doses (see FIG. 14B). This was particularly evident following administration of the highest dose of NexVax2 (10 μg) and was less effective following treatment with lower NexVax2 doses, particularly in response to maximal peptide stimulation (data not shown).
    • Suppression of Naïve HH8-1 T Cell Activation
  • The observed failure to proliferate could be a result of an anergic phenotype, where the T cells themselves have become less sensitive to antigen stimulation, or due to the presence of a Treg population. Thus, the ability of treatment with NexVax2 to generate a Treg population capable of suppressing the proliferative response of naïve gliadin-specific T cells to NPL001 peptide in in vitro culture was assessed.
  • FIG. 15 shows T cells from mice treated with NexVax2 are able to suppress the proliferation of naïve gliadin-specific T cells. HH8-1 mice received daily subcutaneous. administration of 10, 3, 1, or 0.3 μg NexVax2 in saline or saline alone for 14 days, or a single administration of 10 μg NexVax2 on day-14. Three days after the final injection, purified CD4+ T cells from treated mice (suppressors) were co-cultured with T cells untreated HH8-1 mice (responders), NPL001 peptide and irradiated APC. After 72 hours, wells were pulsed with 1 μCi 3H-Thymidine for 24 hours and plates were harvested and counted. In FIG. 15A, T cells from 10 μg NexVax2×14-treated mice (left panel) or saline-treated mice (right panel) were co-cultured with an equal number of naive HH8-1 CD4+ T cells and titrated NPL001 peptide. In FIG. 15B, a constant number of naïve HH8-1 T cells (2×104) were co-cultured with titrated numbers of NexVax2-treated T cells (2×10000, 6.6×1000, 2.2×1000) and 0.2 μg/ml NPL001. The average inhibition of naïve responder proliferation was calculated from the 2 mice in each treatment group. Error bars represent standard deviation of triplicate cultures.
  • Purified T cells from NexVax2 treated mice were co-cultured with naïve HH8-1 gliadin-specific T cells at a 1:1 ratio in the presence of a titrated dose of NPL001 (see FIG. 15A) or at responder:suppresssor ratio of 1:1, 3:1 or 9:1 in the presence of 0.2 μg/ml NPL001 (see FIG. 15B). Suppression of responder cell proliferation was observed following treatment with the repeat administration of 10 μg or 3 μg NexVax2 and at responder:suppresssor ratio of 1:1 over a range of stimulatory peptide concentrations. This result indicates the presence of a regulatory population. Given that phenotyping demonstrated an increase in the proportion of gliadin-specific Treg cells only in mice treated with the 10 or 3 μg of NexVax2 and that Treg cells comprised between 7 and 18% of the total gliadin-specific population, the inhibition of naïve HH8-1 T cell proliferation observed is within expectations.
    • Cytokine Profile Following In Vitro Culture
  • Immune modulation can alter the cytokine profile of responder cells. For example, intranasal administration of peptide has been shown to generate IL-10 secreting peptide-induced Treg cells. The profile of cytokine production by CD4+ T cells from gliadin-specific TCR transgenic mice that had been treated with repeat administration of graded amounts of NexVax2 was examined following in vitro culture in the presence or absence of 2 μg/ml NPL001 and irradiated syngeneic APC. Supernatants from day-3 of culture were collected and assessed for the production of Th1-associated cytokines (IL-2, IFNγ, IL-12 and TNFα) and Th2-associated cytokines (IL-4, IL-5, IL-6 and IL-10) (see FIG. 16). FIG. 16 shows in vitro cytokine production. CD4+ T cells were purified from the spleen of HH8-1 mice that received daily subcutaneous administration of 10, 3, 1, or 0.3 μg NexVax2 in saline or saline alone for 14 days, or a single administration of 10 μg NexVax2 on day-14. 3×104 CD4 T cells were cultured in the presence of 2 μg of NPL001 (▪) or without peptide (□) and 3×100000 gamma-irradiated APC. Supernatant were harvested at 72 hours and tested by cytometric bead array for the production of Th1 cytokines (IL-2, IFNγ, IL-12, TNFα), and Th2 cytokines (IL-4, IL-5 IL-6 and IL-10). Results show the average cytokine production of the two mice in the treatment groups. No IL-12, IL-4 or IL-5 was detected in the supernatants of the cultures. A marked reduction in the production of IL-2, IFNγ, and TNFα was observed from the cultures of mice receiving repeat administration of 10 μg NexVax2. This reduction in cytokine production closely reflects the reduced proliferative response to NPL001 peptide in culture. In addition the T cells from mice receiving repeat injections of 10 μg NexVax2 produced a 3.5 fold increased amount of IL-10 following peptide stimulation in vitro, suggesting potential skewing towards an IL-10 producing Treg phenotype in these mice.
  • This experiment was designed to determine whether repeat administration of the therapeutic vaccine NexVax2, using a regime designed to induce immunological tolerance, is capable of modulating the gliadin-specific T cell response in a gliadin-specific T cell receptor-transgenic mouse model. NexVax2 was administered via subcutaneous injection of peptide in saline over 14 consecutive days. This treatment resulted firstly in an apparent reduction in the number of gliadin-specific T cells in the spleen. The remaining T cells showed a reduction in their proliferative response to their cognate antigen, which was reversed in the presence of IL-2 suggesting an “anergic” phenotype or the presence of a Treg population. This reduced proliferative response was accompanied by a reduction in the amount of Th1 cytokines produced in culture, and by an increase in IL-10 production. An increase in gliadin-specific IL-10 producing cells was also observed directly ex-vivo along with an increase in the total number and the proportion of FoxP3+, GITR+ Treg cells. In co-culture experiments, T cells from treated mice were capable of suppressing the proliferative response of naïve gliadin-specific T cells responding to NPL001 peptide.
  • The repeat administration of NexVax2 at the highest dose tested (10 μg per day, over 14 consecutive days) demonstrated the modulation of the response of gliadin-specific T cells from treated gliadin-specific T cell receptor transgenic mice.
  • The results provide evidence that the subcutaneous administration of NexVax2 peptide in saline is capable of modifying the T cell response to the immunodominant gliadin peptide using a biologically relevant TCR-transgenic mouse model.
    • Example 4: NexVax2 Vaccine for Human Celiac Disease
  • The NexVax2 vaccine was prepared in GMP form for administration to human patients with celiac disease.
  • Phase I Study to Determine Safety, Tolerability and Bioactivity of NexVax2 in HLA-DQ2+ Volunteers with Celiac Disease Following a Long-Term, Strict Gluten-Free Diet.
    • Objectives
  • The primary objective of this study was:
      • To evaluate the safety and tolerability of weekly injections of NexVax2 administered intradermally for 3 weeks.
  • The secondary objectives of this study were:
      • To determine the bioactivity of NexVax2 following 3 weekly doses in celiac disease volunteers through the measurement of T-cell response as assessed by T cell frequency and cytokine release.
      • To determine the bioactivity of NexVax2 following 3 weekly doses in celiac disease volunteers through the measure of symptomatic response after gluten challenge.
      • To measure the pharmacokinetics of NexVax2 following a single intradermal injection in celiac disease volunteers.
      • To measure the induction of antibodies specific for NexVax2 following 3 weekly doses in celiac disease volunteers.
    Study Design
  • A Phase I, single-centre, placebo-controlled, dose-escalating study of the safety, tolerability and bioactivity of NexVax2 in celiac disease volunteers when administered weekly via intradermal injection.
  • Celiac disease patients were required to attend nine outpatient visits. This included three 8 hour visits to receive intradermal injections of NexVax2 (over 3 weeks) and three 6 hour visits to undergo a standard gluten challenge.
  • Volunteers remained on study for approximately 25 days from the date of the first injection.
    • Study Population
  • Individuals with a diagnosis of celiac disease according to accepted European Society of Paediatric Gastroenterology, Hepatology and Nutrition diagnostic criteria (Walker-Smith et al., 1990) following a strict gluten free diet, who possess genes encoding HLA-DQ2 (DQA1*05 and DQB1*02) but not HLA-DQ8 (DQA1*03 and DQB1*0302).
    • Test Formulation for NexVax2
  • NexVax2 for injection, contained an equimolar (0.159 mole per 100 μl, approx. 3 mg/ml) mixture of each of NPL001, NPL002 and NPL003 in a 0.9% normal saline sterile solution supplied by Nexpep Pty Ltd
    • Placebo Formulation
  • Sterile normal saline 0.9% supplied by Nexpep Pty Ltd.
    • Study Treatments
  • Cohort 1: comprising 2 sentinels, 1 dosed with 9 μg NexVax2 by intradermal injection and 1 dosed with placebo and a further 6 subjects, 5 dosed with 9 g NexVax2 and 1 dosed with placebo on days 1, 8 and 15.
    Cohort 2: as per Cohort 1 but subjects dosed with 30 g NexVax2
    Cohort 3: as per Cohort 1 but subjects dosed with 90 g NexVax2
    Cohort 4: as per Cohort 1 but subjects dosed with 60 g NexVax2
    • Schedule for Dosing, Meals and Blood Collection
  • After fasting from midnight the evening prior to study drug administration, the schedule for dose administration, meals, pharmacodynamic assessments, gluten challenge and blood collection (assuming a 0800 hour dosing time) was as shown in FIG. 17.
    • Assessments
      • Resting heart rate, semi-supine systolic/diastolic blood pressure, respiratory rate and temperature was monitored: at Screening; nominally at 0700 hours prior to receiving treatment on days-1, 8 and 15 and at 4 hours post-dose; and on days-22, 23 and 24 prior to receiving the gluten challenge and on day-25 end of study.
      • Blood samples for PBMC IFNγ ELISpot assay to enumerate the frequency of NexVax2 specific T cells were collected on days-1, 6, 15, 20 and 25 (End of Study).
      • Blood samples for Bioplex analysis to determine PBMC cytokine release in response to NexVax2 were collected on days-1, 6, 15, 20 and 25 (End of Study).
      • PBMC were collected on days-1, 6, 15, 20 and 25 (End of Study) and frozen for later assay of T cell function.
      • Serum was collected on days-1 and 20 for assessment of antibodies specific for NexVax2.
      • Blood samples for pharmacokinetics sampling were collected on day-15 at pre-dose and at 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 90 minutes, 2 hours and 3 hours post-dose.
      • Clinical laboratory measures (biochemistry, urinalysis and haematology) were performed: at Screening; on days-1, 8 and 15 pre-dose and 4 h post-dose; and pre-gluten challenge on days-20 and 22, and post gluten challenge and on day-25 (End of Study).
      • Pregnancy (urine) testing was conducted at Screening, pre-dose on day-1, 8 and 15, and pre-gluten challenge on days-20, 21 and 22 and at end of study (day-25).
      • Urine drugs of abuse testing was conducted at Screening and pre-dose on days-1, 8 and 15.
      • ECGs were performed: at Screening; nominally at 0700 hours prior to receiving treatment on days-1, 8 and 15 and at 4 hours post-dose; and on days-20, 21 and 22 prior to receiving the gluten challenge and on day-25 end of study.
    Data Analysis
  • Screening, Compliance and Safety Data
  • Demographics will be tabulated and summarised. Physical examination (including height and weight) at baseline and follow up and medical/surgical history data at baseline will be listed. All clinical safety and tolerability data will be listed for each subject.
  • Laboratory values outside the laboratory's normal ranges will be listed separately, with comments as to their clinical significance. Associated repeat values will be listed together. Vital sign measurements (resting heart rate, semi-supine systolic/diastolic blood pressure, respiratory rate, temperature) and ECG parameters will be tabulated and summarised.
  • Tolerability Data
  • Treatment-emergent adverse events will be listed and summarised. All adverse events reported in this study will be coded using MedDRA.
  • Immunological Assays
  • The inventors consider that a single treatment of NexVax2 will increase the frequency of NexVax2-specific T cells in PBMC and will increase secretion of cytokines and chemokines by mononuclear cells.
  • The inventors consider that PBMC drawn after repeated (3 weekly) injection of NexVax2 will have a lower frequency of NexVax2-specific T cells than prior to treatment.
  • The inventors consider that compared to placebo-treated celiac disease volunteers, repeated (3 weekly) injection of NexVax2 will reduce the frequency of T cells specific for NexVax2 and cytokine secretion stimulated by NexVax2 in PBMC collected 6 days after commencing 3-day oral gluten challenge with wheat bread.
  • Ordinal data will be analysed by one-tailed paired Wilcoxon rank-sum test. Normally distributed data will analysed by paired t-test. A p-value <0.05 will be considered significant.
  • It will be appreciated by persons skilled in the art that numerous variations and/or modifications may be made to the invention as shown in the specific embodiments without departing from the spirit or scope of the invention as broadly described. The present embodiments are, therefore, to be considered in all respects as illustrative and not restrictive.
  • The present application claims priority from U.S. 61/118,643, the entire contents of which are incorporation herein by reference.
  • All publications discussed and/or referenced herein are incorporated herein in their entirety.
  • Any discussion of documents, acts, materials, devices, articles or the like which has been included in the present specification is solely for the purpose of providing a context for the present invention. It is not to be taken as an admission that any or all of these matters form part of the prior art base or were common general knowledge in the field relevant to the present invention as it existed before the priority date of each claim of this application.
    • REFERENCES
    • Anderson, Plant Mol. Biol. (1991) 16:335-337
    • Anderson et al., Nature Medicine (2000) 6:337-342
    • Anderson et al., Gut (2005) 54:1217-1223
    • Anderson et al., Gut (2006) 55:485-91
    • Arentz-Hansen et al., J. Exp. Med. (2000) 191:603-612
    • Beissbarth et al., Bioinformatics (2005) 21 Suppl. 1:i29-37
    • Briggs et al., Science (1986) 234:47-52
    • Bunce et al., Tissue Antigens (1995) 46:355-367
    • Chen et al., J. Immunol. (2006) 168(6):3050-6
    • Deshpande et al., J. Biol. Chem. (1997) 272(16):10664-10668
    • Li et al., Nat. Biotechnol. (1999) 17(3):241-245
    • Kang et al., J. Immunol. (2008) 180:5172-6
    • Kricka, Biolumin. Chemilumin. (1998) 13:189-93
    • Klein et al., Exp. Neurol. (1998) 150:183-194
    • Mannering et al., J. Immunol. Methods (2003) 283:173-83
    • Mannering et al., J. Immunol. Methods (2005) 298:83-92
    • Mitchell and Tjian, Science (1989) 245:371-378
    • Mullighan et al., Tissue Antigens (1997) 50:688-692
    • Nettelbeck et al., Gene Ther. (1998) 5(12)1656-1664
    • Oldfield et al., Lancet (2002) 360:47-53
    • Olerup et al., Tissue Antigens (1993) 41:119-134
    • Pitluk et al., J. Virol. (1991) 65:6661-6670
    • Stewart et al., Genomics (1996) 37(1):68-76
    • Vader et al., Gastroenterology (2003) 125:1105-1113
    • Walker-Smith et al., Arch. Dis. Child (1990) 65:909-911
    • Working Group of European Society of Paediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition (Report of), Arch. Dis. Child (1990) 65:909-11
    • Zolotukiin et al., J. Virol. (1996) 70(7):4646-4654

Claims (26)

1. An agent comprising
i) a first peptide comprising the amino acid sequence LQPFPQPELPYPQPQ (SEQ ID NO:13), or a biologically active fragment or variant thereof,
ii) a second peptide comprising the amino acid sequence QPFPQPEQPFPWQP (SEQ ID NO:14), or a biologically active fragment or variant thereof, and
iii) a third peptide comprising the amino acid sequence PEQPIPEQPQPYPQQ (SEQ ID NO:16), or a biologically active fragment or variant thereof.
2. The agent of claim 1, wherein the second peptide comprises the amino acid sequence PQQPFPQPEQPFPWQP (SEQ ID NO:320), or a biologically active fragment or variant thereof, and/or the third peptide comprises the amino acid sequence FPEQPIPEQPQPYPQQ (SEQ ID NO:321), or a biologically active fragment or variant thereof.
3. The agent of claim 1, wherein the first, second and/or third peptides comprise:
i) an N terminal acetyl group or pyroglutamate group, and/or a C terminal amide group; or
ii) an N terminal pyroglutamate group and a C terminal amide group.
4. (canceled)
5. The agent of claim 1, wherein the first, second and/or third peptides are conjugated to a compound.
6. The agent of claim 5, wherein the compound is an adjuvant, or an MHC molecule or binding fragment thereof.
7. The agent of claim 1, wherein two or three of the first, second and third peptides, or the biologically active fragment or variant of one or more thereof, are on a single polypeptide chain.
8. The agent of claim 1 comprising one or more additional peptides comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs:47, 48, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 89, 90, 91, 92, 95, 102, 103, 104, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 136, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 177, 178, 179, 180, 183, 184, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 209, 210, or a biologically active fragment or variant of any one or more thereof.
9. An agent comprising one or more polynucleotides encoding the agent of claim 1, and
optionally one or more additional peptides comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:47, 48, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 89, 90, 91, 92, 95, 102, 103, 104, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 136, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 177, 178, 179, 180, 183, 184, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 209, 210, or a biologically active fragment or variant of any one or more thereof.
10. An agent comprising
i) a first peptide as defined in claim 1 or a polynucleotide therefor,
ii) a second peptide as defined in claim 1 or a polynucleotide therefor, and
iii) a third peptide as defined in claim 1 or a polynucleotide therefor.
11. A substantially purified and/or recombinant peptide comprising an amino acid sequence as shown in any one or more of SEQ ID NO:16, 69, 73, 75, 78, 80, 87, 91, 92, 95, 96, 98, 100, 104, 107, 113, 116, 117, 123, 138, 144, 147, 149, 153, 155, 156, 159, 161, 163, 165, 179, 181, 185, 187, 189, 195, 196, 198, 202, 204, 205, 207, 209, 215, 223, or a biologically active fragment or variant of any one or more thereof.
12. An isolated and/or exogenous polynucleotide encoding at least one peptide of claim 11.
13. A vaccine comprising the agent of claim 1, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and, optionally, an adjuvant.
14. (canceled)
15. An isolated antigen presenting cell comprising the agent of claim 1.
16. (canceled)
17. A method of modulating a T cell response to a gluten peptide, inducing immune tolerance to a gluten peptide, treating celiac disease, or modifying cytokine secretion in a subject who is sensitive to gluten, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the agent of claim 1.
18-22. (canceled)
23. Use of the agent of claim 1 for the manufacture of a medicament for modulating a T cell response, inducing immune tolerance, treating celiac disease, and/or modifying cytokine secretion, in a subject who is sensitive to gluten.
24. A method for diagnosing or monitoring the progression of celiac disease in a subject, the method comprising contacting a sample from the subject with the agent of claim 1, and determining in vitro whether one or more of the peptides bind T cells in the sample, wherein the binding of one or more of the peptides to T cells indicates that the subject has, or is susceptible to, celiac disease.
25-26. (canceled)
27. A kit comprising the agent of claim 1 and means to detect binding of one or more of the peptides to T cells.
28. A method for producing an antigen presenting cell, the method comprising
i) obtaining an antigen presenting cell, and
ii) contacting the cell in vitro with the agent of claim 1.
29-32. (canceled)
33. A method for improving the half life and/or bioavailability of a peptide when administered to a subject, the method comprising modifying the N terminus of the peptide to include an N terminal acetyl or pyroglutamate and modifying the C terminus of the peptide to include a C terminal amide.
34. The method of claim 33 in which the peptide is for administering to a subject to induce immune tolerance.
US16/884,533 2008-11-30 2020-05-27 Compositions and methods for treatment of celiac disease Abandoned US20210115096A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16/884,533 US20210115096A1 (en) 2008-11-30 2020-05-27 Compositions and methods for treatment of celiac disease

Applications Claiming Priority (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US11864308P 2008-11-30 2008-11-30
PCT/AU2009/001556 WO2010060155A1 (en) 2008-11-30 2009-11-30 Compositions and methods for treatment of celiac disease
US201113131787A 2011-08-15 2011-08-15
US14/459,060 US9464120B2 (en) 2008-11-30 2014-08-13 Compositions for treatment of celiac disease
US15/260,990 US20170158743A1 (en) 2008-11-30 2016-09-09 Compositions and methods for treatment of celiac disease
US16/010,596 US20190048047A1 (en) 2008-11-30 2018-06-18 Compositions and methods for treatment of celiac disease
US16/884,533 US20210115096A1 (en) 2008-11-30 2020-05-27 Compositions and methods for treatment of celiac disease

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/010,596 Continuation US20190048047A1 (en) 2008-11-30 2018-06-18 Compositions and methods for treatment of celiac disease

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20210115096A1 true US20210115096A1 (en) 2021-04-22

Family

ID=42225141

Family Applications (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/131,787 Active US8835603B2 (en) 2008-11-30 2009-11-30 Agents for the treatment of celiac disease
US14/459,060 Expired - Fee Related US9464120B2 (en) 2008-11-30 2014-08-13 Compositions for treatment of celiac disease
US15/260,990 Abandoned US20170158743A1 (en) 2008-11-30 2016-09-09 Compositions and methods for treatment of celiac disease
US16/010,596 Abandoned US20190048047A1 (en) 2008-11-30 2018-06-18 Compositions and methods for treatment of celiac disease
US16/884,533 Abandoned US20210115096A1 (en) 2008-11-30 2020-05-27 Compositions and methods for treatment of celiac disease

Family Applications Before (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/131,787 Active US8835603B2 (en) 2008-11-30 2009-11-30 Agents for the treatment of celiac disease
US14/459,060 Expired - Fee Related US9464120B2 (en) 2008-11-30 2014-08-13 Compositions for treatment of celiac disease
US15/260,990 Abandoned US20170158743A1 (en) 2008-11-30 2016-09-09 Compositions and methods for treatment of celiac disease
US16/010,596 Abandoned US20190048047A1 (en) 2008-11-30 2018-06-18 Compositions and methods for treatment of celiac disease

Country Status (16)

Country Link
US (5) US8835603B2 (en)
EP (3) EP3269379A1 (en)
JP (2) JP5851243B2 (en)
CN (2) CN105079781B (en)
AU (1) AU2009321481B2 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0922122A2 (en)
CA (2) CA2744787C (en)
DK (2) DK2977053T3 (en)
ES (2) ES2642096T3 (en)
HK (3) HK1162918A1 (en)
HR (1) HRP20150873T1 (en)
HU (1) HUE027237T2 (en)
MX (1) MX346450B (en)
NZ (1) NZ593474A (en)
PT (1) PT2367561E (en)
WO (1) WO2010060155A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024168151A3 (en) * 2023-02-09 2024-09-19 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Capped peptides and methods for using the same

Families Citing this family (49)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB0212885D0 (en) * 2002-06-05 2002-07-17 Isis Innovation Therapeutic epitopes and uses thereof
US10105437B2 (en) * 2004-04-28 2018-10-23 Btg International Limited Epitopes related to coeliac disease
NZ550600A (en) 2004-04-28 2010-03-26 Btg Int Ltd Epitopes related to coeliac disease
ES2642096T3 (en) 2008-11-30 2017-11-15 Immusant, Inc. Compositions and methods for the treatment of celiac disease
CA2807942C (en) 2010-08-10 2021-07-27 Ecole Polytechnique Federale De Lausanne Erythrocyte-binding therapeutics
US9517257B2 (en) 2010-08-10 2016-12-13 Ecole Polytechnique Federale De Lausanne (Epfl) Erythrocyte-binding therapeutics
US9850296B2 (en) 2010-08-10 2017-12-26 Ecole Polytechnique Federale De Lausanne (Epfl) Erythrocyte-binding therapeutics
KR20190087665A (en) * 2011-01-20 2019-07-24 이뮤노사이언시스 랩. 인크. Methods and apparatus for detection of gluten sensitivity, and its differentiation from celiac disease
ITRM20110487A1 (en) * 2011-09-19 2013-03-20 Consiglio Per La Ricerca E La Speri Mentazione In PEPTIDES HAVING PROTECTIVE EFFECT TOWARDS THE INFLAMMATORY ACTIVITY OF PEPTIDE 31-43 OF A-GLIADIN IN THE CELIAC DISEASE.
ES2402286B1 (en) * 2011-09-29 2014-03-04 Universidad De Valladolid IMMUNOGENIC PEPTIDE OF GLUTEN AND ITS APPLICATIONS.
WO2013119845A1 (en) 2012-02-07 2013-08-15 Vibrant Holdings, Llc Substrates, peptide arrays, and methods
TR201909998T4 (en) 2012-06-21 2019-07-22 Univ Northwestern Peptide conjugated particles.
US10006909B2 (en) 2012-09-28 2018-06-26 Vibrant Holdings, Llc Methods, systems, and arrays for biomolecular analysis
US10286376B2 (en) 2012-11-14 2019-05-14 Vibrant Holdings, Llc Substrates, systems, and methods for array synthesis and biomolecular analysis
EP2928500B1 (en) 2012-12-04 2019-03-06 Phosphorex Inc. Microparticles and nanoparticles having negative surface charges
CN116966162A (en) 2013-03-13 2023-10-31 onCOUR制药股份有限公司 Immunomodifying particles for treating inflammation
US20160041148A1 (en) * 2013-03-14 2016-02-11 Immusant,Inc. Placebo-controlled gluten challenge method
US20160145636A1 (en) * 2013-05-08 2016-05-26 Jm Biologicals Compositions and methods for the production of gluten free food products
KR20230008909A (en) 2013-08-13 2023-01-16 노쓰웨스턴유니버시티 Peptide conjugated particles
WO2015038624A1 (en) * 2013-09-10 2015-03-19 Immusant, Inc. Dosage of a gluten peptide composition
EP3046576A4 (en) * 2013-09-20 2017-07-12 Immusant Inc. Compositions and methods related to oat sensitivity
DK3107563T3 (en) 2014-02-21 2021-05-25 Ecole Polytechnique Fed De Lausanne Epfl Epfl Tto GLYCOM TARGETED THERAPEUTIC AGENTS
US10953101B2 (en) 2014-02-21 2021-03-23 École Polytechnique Fédérale De Lausanne (Epfl) Glycotargeting therapeutics
US10046056B2 (en) 2014-02-21 2018-08-14 École Polytechnique Fédérale De Lausanne (Epfl) Glycotargeting therapeutics
US10946079B2 (en) 2014-02-21 2021-03-16 Ecole Polytechnique Federale De Lausanne Glycotargeting therapeutics
WO2015164722A1 (en) 2014-04-24 2015-10-29 Immusant, Inc. Compositions comprising gluten
WO2016040703A1 (en) 2014-09-10 2016-03-17 Vibrant Holdings, Llc Peptide microarrays and novel biomarkers for celiac disease
WO2016054038A1 (en) * 2014-09-29 2016-04-07 Immusant, Inc. Use of hla genetic status to assess or select treatment of celiac disease
CN107531767A (en) * 2014-11-21 2018-01-02 免疫桑特公司 For treating and diagnosing the peptide used in type 1 diabetes
KR101736744B1 (en) 2014-12-03 2017-05-17 주식회사 한국유전자정보연구원 Diagnosis primer set for celiac disease and detecting methods using it
US10676723B2 (en) 2015-05-11 2020-06-09 David Gordon Bermudes Chimeric protein toxins for expression by therapeutic bacteria
US20180250359A1 (en) * 2015-08-30 2018-09-06 Diamyd Medical Ab Combination therapy using gliadin and gamma aminobutyric acid
WO2017112899A1 (en) 2015-12-23 2017-06-29 Cour Pharmaceuticals Development Company Inc. Covalent polymer-antigen conjugated particles
US11484506B2 (en) 2016-02-18 2022-11-01 Cour Pharmaceuticals Development Company, Inc. Process for the preparation of tolerizing immune-modulating particles
EP3464322B1 (en) * 2016-06-05 2023-04-05 Tel HaShomer Medical Research Infrastructure and Services Ltd. Novel molecules for the treatment of inflammation
EP3474881A1 (en) 2016-06-28 2019-05-01 Immusant, Inc. Escalating dosage schedules for treating celiac disease
EP3568144B1 (en) 2017-01-12 2024-05-08 Probi Ab Probiotic compositions and uses thereof
WO2018218250A2 (en) 2017-05-26 2018-11-29 Vibrant Holdings, Llc Photoactive compounds and methods for biomolecule detection and sequencing
US11253579B2 (en) 2017-06-16 2022-02-22 The University Of Chicago Compositions and methods for inducing immune tolerance
CN111315768A (en) 2017-09-07 2020-06-19 库尔生物制药有限公司 T cell regulatory multimeric polypeptides with conjugation sites and methods of use thereof
CA3080716A1 (en) * 2017-10-30 2019-05-09 Immusant, Inc. Dosing regimens for celiac disease
JP6568193B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2019-08-28 ホーユー株式会社 Epitope
WO2019157282A1 (en) 2018-02-08 2019-08-15 Cour Pharmaceuticals Development Company Inc. Treatment of celiac disease with tolerizing particles
JPWO2020090979A1 (en) * 2018-10-31 2021-09-24 味の素株式会社 A compound having an affinity for an antibody, a cleaving moiety and a reactive group, or a salt thereof.
WO2020181272A1 (en) * 2019-03-06 2020-09-10 Cue Biopharma, Inc. Antigen-presenting polypeptides with chemical conjugation sites and methods of use thereof
JP7374687B2 (en) * 2019-09-26 2023-11-07 三和酒類株式会社 pentapeptide compound
US20230040275A1 (en) * 2019-11-19 2023-02-09 Spark Therapeutics, Inc. Secretable protein induced immune tolerization and treatment of autoimmune, allergic and other diseases and disorders
MX2023012257A (en) 2021-04-16 2024-01-08 Cour Pharmaceuticals Dev Company Inc Method of tracking maintenance of immunological tolerance.
WO2024020127A1 (en) 2022-07-21 2024-01-25 Antiva Biosciences, Inc. Compositions and dosage forms for treatment of hpv infection and hpv-induced neoplasia

Family Cites Families (60)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4740371A (en) 1984-09-17 1988-04-26 International Institute Of Cellular And Molecular Pathology Treatment of allergy
ATE77488T1 (en) 1986-03-06 1992-07-15 Commw Scient Ind Res Org IN VITRO TEST PROCEDURE FOR DETECTING CELLULAR IMMUNE RESPONSES.
FR2615622B1 (en) 1987-05-19 1994-05-06 Ire Medgenix Sa PLASMATIC ASSAY OF MONOKINES
US5547669A (en) 1989-11-03 1996-08-20 Immulogic Pharma Corp Recombinant peptides comprising T cell epitopes of the cat allergen, Fel d I
US5674978A (en) 1990-09-21 1997-10-07 The Regents Of The University Of California Peptides derived from glutamic acid decarboxylase
US5998366A (en) 1990-09-21 1999-12-07 The Regents Of The University Of California Method for ameliorating glutamic acid decarboxylase associated autoimmune disorders
IL105153A (en) 1992-03-25 1999-12-22 Immulogic Pharma Corp Therapeutic compositions comprising peptides derived from human t cell reactive feline protein
US5587308A (en) 1992-06-02 1996-12-24 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health & Human Services Modified adeno-associated virus vector capable of expression from a novel promoter
JPH10511541A (en) 1994-08-26 1998-11-10 ザ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニバーシティー オブ カリフォルニア Methods and compositions for modulating T cell responses
EP0783322A1 (en) 1994-09-02 1997-07-16 Immunologic Pharmaceutical Corporation Peptide compositions capable of down regulating an antigen specific immune response
US6759234B1 (en) 1994-09-02 2004-07-06 Immulogic Pharmaceutical Corporation Compositions and methods for administering to humans, peptides capable of down regulating an antigen specific immune response
US5750356A (en) 1996-05-31 1998-05-12 Anergen, Inc. Method for monitoring T cell reactivity
EP0905518A1 (en) 1997-09-23 1999-03-31 Academisch Ziekenhuis Leiden Peptides specific for gluten-sensitive T-cells and use thereof
US6300308B1 (en) 1997-12-31 2001-10-09 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Methods and compositions for inducing autoimmunity in the treatment of cancers
GB9923306D0 (en) 1999-10-01 1999-12-08 Isis Innovation Diagnostic and therapeutic epitope, and transgenic plant
US6667160B2 (en) 2000-03-15 2003-12-23 Kenneth D. Fine Method for diagnosing immunologic food sensitivity
US8110218B2 (en) 2000-11-30 2012-02-07 The Research Foundation Of State University Of New York Compositions and methods for less immunogenic protein-lipid complexes
EP1241476A1 (en) 2001-03-12 2002-09-18 Mabtech AB Diagnosis of metal allergy through cytokine release by T-cells in vitro
CA2440474A1 (en) 2001-04-05 2002-10-17 Virginia Mason Research Center Methods of mhc class ii epitope mapping, detection of autoimmune t cells and antigens, and autoimmune treatment
EP1377604B1 (en) 2001-04-12 2014-12-31 Academisch Ziekenhuis Leiden Methods and means for use of hla-dq restricted t-cell receptors and hla-dq-binding prolamine-derived peptides
FI20010868A0 (en) 2001-04-25 2001-04-25 Markku Maeki Methods and means for detecting gluten-induced diseases
WO2003047618A2 (en) 2001-12-05 2003-06-12 Circassia Limited Immunotherapeutic methods and systems
EP1332760A1 (en) 2002-02-04 2003-08-06 Academisch Ziekenhuis Leiden Novel epitopes for celiac disease and autoimmune diseases, methods for detecting those and novel non-antigenic food compounds
EP1572127B2 (en) 2002-02-14 2014-10-29 The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University Enzyme treatment of foodstuffs for celiac sprue
US7320788B2 (en) 2002-02-14 2008-01-22 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Enzyme treatment of foodstuffs for Celiac Sprue
US7462688B2 (en) * 2002-05-14 2008-12-09 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Peptides for diagnostic and therapeutic methods for celiac sprue
US7202216B2 (en) 2002-05-14 2007-04-10 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Drug therapy for celiac sprue
WO2003096984A2 (en) 2002-05-14 2003-11-27 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Drug therapy for celiac sprue
GB0212885D0 (en) * 2002-06-05 2002-07-17 Isis Innovation Therapeutic epitopes and uses thereof
AU2002952834A0 (en) 2002-09-16 2002-12-05 The Walter And Eliza Hall Institute Of Medical Research A method of treating an autoimmune disease
AU2003277989B2 (en) 2002-11-08 2010-04-22 QIAGEN Australia Holding Pty. Ltd. Diagnostic assay for measuring a cell mediated immune response
AU2002952548A0 (en) 2002-11-08 2002-11-21 Cellestis Limited Diagnostic assay
CA2502700C (en) 2002-11-20 2017-01-17 Chaitan Khosla Diagnostic method for celiac sprue
US7563864B2 (en) * 2004-04-26 2009-07-21 Celiac Sprue Research Foundation Prolyl endopeptidase mediated destruction of T cell epitopes in whole gluten
NZ550600A (en) * 2004-04-28 2010-03-26 Btg Int Ltd Epitopes related to coeliac disease
GB0409775D0 (en) 2004-04-30 2004-06-09 Mabtech Ab Assay
WO2006050138A2 (en) 2004-10-29 2006-05-11 Benaroya Research Institute At Virginia Mason Methods of generating antigen-specific cd4+cd25+ regulatory t cells, compositions and methods of use
WO2007022477A2 (en) 2005-08-17 2007-02-22 Multicell Immunotherapeutics, Inc. Methods and compositions to generate and control the effector profile of t cells
WO2007047303A2 (en) 2005-10-12 2007-04-26 Alvine Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pegylated glutenase polypeptides
US8378072B2 (en) 2006-04-13 2013-02-19 Declion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for designing and synthesizing directed sequence polymer compositions via the directed expansion of epitope permeability
CA3037889C (en) * 2007-01-25 2022-09-13 Intrexon Actobiotics Nv Treatment of immune disease by mucosal delivery of antigens
ITFE20070003A1 (en) 2007-02-01 2007-05-03 Girolamo Calo' USE OF RICH PROLINES AND GLUTAMIN PEPTIDES THAT ARE ABLE TO RELATE TO HLA-DQ2 AND DQ8 MOLECULES AS "SPECIFIC CARRIERS" OF AGENTS ABLE TO DAMAGE OR KILL CELLS EXPRESSING THESE HLA MOLECULES IN THE BACKGROUND OF PA PAINTING MUCOSA
CA2681080C (en) 2007-03-16 2016-06-14 Cellestis Limited A cell-mediated immune response assay and kits therefor
EP2659901B1 (en) 2008-04-21 2015-01-21 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Recombinant deamidated gliadin antigen
CA2722996A1 (en) 2008-05-16 2009-11-19 Michael Thomas Bethune Non-inflammatory gluten peptide analogues as biomarkers for celiac sprue
CN102105786B (en) 2008-07-25 2014-10-29 赛乐思迪斯有限公司 A diagnostic method
ES2642096T3 (en) 2008-11-30 2017-11-15 Immusant, Inc. Compositions and methods for the treatment of celiac disease
WO2011000773A1 (en) 2009-07-02 2011-01-06 Dsm Ip Assets B.V. Testing efficacy for celiac disease
EP2517012B1 (en) 2009-12-23 2019-05-22 Cellestis Limited An assay for measuring cell-mediated immunoresponsiveness
WO2011146968A1 (en) 2010-05-28 2011-12-01 Cellestis Limited A diagnostic assay
US20110311536A1 (en) 2010-06-11 2011-12-22 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Prevention of type 1 diabetes by treg vaccination with an insulin mimetope
EP2726883B2 (en) 2011-06-29 2022-05-18 Cellestis Limited A cell mediated immune response assay with enhanced sensitivity
EP2736525A1 (en) 2011-07-25 2014-06-04 Alvine Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and pharmaceutical compositions for treating celiac disease and gluten intolerance
US20130058902A1 (en) 2011-09-06 2013-03-07 Selecta Biosciences, Inc. Dendritic cell subsets for generating induced tolerogenic dendritic cells and related compositions and methods
ES2402286B1 (en) 2011-09-29 2014-03-04 Universidad De Valladolid IMMUNOGENIC PEPTIDE OF GLUTEN AND ITS APPLICATIONS.
CN106117330B (en) 2011-12-05 2019-12-06 伯乐实验室公司 Recombinant deamidated gliadin antigens
US20160041148A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2016-02-11 Immusant,Inc. Placebo-controlled gluten challenge method
WO2015038624A1 (en) 2013-09-10 2015-03-19 Immusant, Inc. Dosage of a gluten peptide composition
EP3046576A4 (en) 2013-09-20 2017-07-12 Immusant Inc. Compositions and methods related to oat sensitivity
WO2015164722A1 (en) 2014-04-24 2015-10-29 Immusant, Inc. Compositions comprising gluten

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024168151A3 (en) * 2023-02-09 2024-09-19 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Capped peptides and methods for using the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20110293644A1 (en) 2011-12-01
AU2009321481A1 (en) 2011-07-07
PT2367561E (en) 2015-10-23
EP2367561A1 (en) 2011-09-28
ES2549481T3 (en) 2015-10-28
MX346450B (en) 2017-03-17
HK1249446A1 (en) 2018-11-02
US20170158743A1 (en) 2017-06-08
MX2011005632A (en) 2011-11-29
JP2016128402A (en) 2016-07-14
EP3269379A1 (en) 2018-01-17
DK2367561T3 (en) 2015-08-24
HRP20150873T1 (en) 2015-11-06
EP2977053A1 (en) 2016-01-27
ES2642096T3 (en) 2017-11-15
CA3042826A1 (en) 2010-06-03
AU2009321481B2 (en) 2014-08-21
US9464120B2 (en) 2016-10-11
DK2977053T3 (en) 2017-10-09
HK1219898A1 (en) 2017-04-21
CN102438643B (en) 2015-07-01
CA2744787C (en) 2019-06-11
JP6027215B2 (en) 2016-11-16
EP2367561B1 (en) 2015-05-20
BRPI0922122A2 (en) 2017-08-01
US8835603B2 (en) 2014-09-16
CN105079781A (en) 2015-11-25
CA2744787A1 (en) 2010-06-03
NZ593474A (en) 2013-04-26
CN105079781B (en) 2018-07-20
HUE027237T2 (en) 2016-10-28
EP2977053B1 (en) 2017-07-05
EP2367561A4 (en) 2012-06-06
CN102438643A (en) 2012-05-02
US20190048047A1 (en) 2019-02-14
JP2012510431A (en) 2012-05-10
HK1162918A1 (en) 2012-09-07
JP5851243B2 (en) 2016-02-03
WO2010060155A1 (en) 2010-06-03
US20150050303A1 (en) 2015-02-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20210115096A1 (en) Compositions and methods for treatment of celiac disease
US20240350600A1 (en) Novel immunotherapeutic molecules and uses thereof
US9120865B2 (en) T cell epitopes of the Cyn d 1 allergen from bermuda grass pollen
WO2016054038A1 (en) Use of hla genetic status to assess or select treatment of celiac disease
AU2018274876A1 (en) Compositions and methods for treatment of celiac disease
AU2002331440A1 (en) T cell epitopes of the Cyn d 1 allergen from bermuda grass pollen

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: APPLICATION DISPATCHED FROM PREEXAM, NOT YET DOCKETED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION